quantum field theory ( qft ) and quantum optics ( qed ) · 2015-07-28 · quantum field theory (...
TRANSCRIPT
Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics (
QED )
Mukul Agrawal
April1 9, 2004
Electrical Engineering, Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305
Contents
I Conventions/Notations 7
II Background/Introduction 7
1 Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) - Why We Need It? 7
1.1 Two �Flavors� of QFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2 QFT as a Special Application of Quantum Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 QFT as a Fundamentally New Physics � Relativistic Multiparticle Quantum
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.1 QFT as convenient alternative language for non-relativistic multipar-
ticle quantum physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.4 In Summary ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2 General Comments on Philosophy of QM 13
2.1 Brief Comment on Linearity of Physical Systems in Quantum Mechanics . . 13
2.2 Brief Comment on Waves and Particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.1 Usage 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1
CONTENTS
2.2.2 Usage 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.3 Usage 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3 Brief Comments on Canonical Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.4 Brief Comments on Identical Particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
III A First Introduction to QFT - Non Relativistic CanonicalQuantization of Classical Wave Phenomenon - Quantization ofDisplacement (Elastic) Fields 20
3 Single Harmonic Oscillator 21
3.1 Quick Classical Recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.1 Complex Variable Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.1 Consistency Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.2 Creation and Annihilation Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.2.3 Eigen Spectrum of Linear Harmonic Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2.4 Normal Ordered Hamiltonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3 Alternative Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.4 Commutation and Bosonic Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4 Chain of N Coupled Harmonic Oscillators - Concept of Phonons 30
4.1 Quantization in Real Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.2 k - Space Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.3 Quantization in k - Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.3.1 Mnemonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.4 Alternative Interpretation � Phonons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5 More About Phonons 42
5.1 Energy Continuity Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.2 Dispersion and Causality for Phonons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6 Continuum - Quantization of Elastic Waves in Continuous Media 47
IV QFT As a Convenient Language for Known Physics 48
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
2
CONTENTS
7 Introduction 48
8 Identical Particle Hilbert Space Representations 49
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
8.1.1 Number State Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
8.1.2 Basis Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
8.2 Operators in Fock Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
8.3 Ground State or Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.4 Creation and Annihilation Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.5 The Wavefunction Operators or The Field Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.6 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
V Non-Relativistic, Massive, Quantum Field Theories ( QFT )60
9 Non-relativistic, Massive, Fermionic Fields 61
9.1 First Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9.2 Second Scheme � Second Quantization of Schrodinger's Field . . . . . . . . . 67
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
9.3.1 Note on Single and Multi-Particle Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
9.3.2 Particle Number Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
9.3.3 Particle Number Density Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
9.3.4 Particle Number Current Density Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields . . . . . . . . 76
9.4.1 Classical Correlation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
9.4.2 Quantum Correlation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9.4.3 Free Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9.4.4 Green's Function for Non-Interacting Schrodinger Fields in Homoge-
neous Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.4.5 Green's Function for Non-Interacting but Non-Homogeneous Case . . 88
10 Non-relativistic, Massive, Bosonic Fields 90
VI Non-Relativistic Quantum Electrodynamics ( QED ) 90
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
3
CONTENTS
11 Introduction 90
12 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Non-Dispersive Unbounded Medium 91
12.1 Classical Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
12.1.1 Classical Equation of Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
12.1.2 In�nite Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
12.1.3 General Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
12.1.4 Classical Hamiltonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
12.2 Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
VII 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Non-Dispersive, Inhomoge-neous Medium 98
13 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Dispersive, Inhomogeneous Medium 101
13.1 Coherent States / Poisonian Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
13.1.1 Properties of Fock states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
13.1.2 Phase Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
13.1.3 Operator Theorems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
13.2 Heisenberg Representation of Field Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
14 Optical Coherence Theory 106
14.1 De�nitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
14.2 Coherence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
14.2.1 Complex Degree of Coherence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
14.2.2 Typical Interference Experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
14.3 Coherence and Power Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
VIII Relativistic Quantum Field Theories ( QFT ) 114
15 Klein Gordon (KG) Field 114
15.1 Derivation of 'Classical' KG Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field . . . . . . . . 116
15.2.1 Classical Hamiltonian and Lagrangian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
15.2.2 Ψ(x, t) Field in Momentum and Energy Basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
4
CONTENTS
15.2.3 π(x,t) Field in Momentum and Energy Basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
15.2.4 Classical Hamiltonian in Momentum and Energy Basis . . . . . . . . 119
15.2.5 Field Expansions in Normalized Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
15.2.6 Inverse Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
15.3.1 Quantized Field Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
15.3.2 Quantum Hamiltonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
15.3.3 Number State basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
15.3.4 Coherent and Squeezed States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
15.3.5 Heisenberg Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
15.3.6 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields . . . . 126
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field . . . . . . 130
15.4.1 Classical Hamiltonian and Lagrangian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
15.4.2 Classical φ(x, t) and φ?(x, t) Fields in Energy/Momentum Basis . . . 131
15.4.3 Classical π(x, t) and π?(x, t) Fields in Momentum/Energy Basis . . . 132
15.4.4 Classical Hamiltonian in Energy Basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
15.4.5 Classical Field Expansions in Normalized Variables . . . . . . . . . . 133
15.4.6 Classical Inverse Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
15.5.1 Quantization Field Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
15.5.2 Quantized Field Operators in Energy/Momentum Basis . . . . . . . . 137
15.5.3 Quantum Hamiltonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
15.5.4 Number State Basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
15.5.5 Associated Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
15.6 Quantization of Complex Valued Vector Klein Gordon (KG) Field . . . . . . 140
15.6.1 Quantized Field Operators and Hamiltonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
15.6.2 Associated Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
16 Dirac Field 142
17 Relativistic Electromagnetic Field Quantization ( QED ) 142
IX Interaction Between Free Fields 142
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
5
CONTENTS
18 Di�erent Pictures of Time Evolution 142
18.1 Exponential of Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
18.2 Schrodinger's Picture of Time Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
18.3 Heisenberg Picture of Time Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
18.4 Interaction Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
18.5 Inter-Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
18.6 Diagrammatic Perturbation Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
18.7 Expectation Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
18.7.1 Quantum Ensemble Expectations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
X Statistical Quantum Field Theory (Condensed Matter Physics)154
XI Further Resources 154
References 157
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
6
Part I
Conventions/Notations
• Some books use a �hat� or �caret� on top of a symbol to represent an operator as
opposed to a classical variable. I prefer not to use these �hats� but they sometimes
become essential. Usually, the distinction between a classical variable and a quantum
operator is clear from the context. At the same time, I believe, text is more readable
if simple symbols with least numbers of subscripts, superscripts, hats, bars, bold faces
etc. are used! In this article, �hat� on a symbol is used explicitly only in places where
there are chances of confusion. Sometimes in the initial development of the subject we
would use these hats to explicitly di�erentiate between classical and quantum analogues
but would then gradually get rid of it.
• Creation and annihilation operators are always written in Schrodinger picture. Other
�eld operators would have subscripts to explicitly di�erentiate between the Schrodinger,
Heisenberg or interaction picture.
• I would start with SI units initially. But I would also try to gradually move toward
natural units (~ = 1, c = 1) rather than SI units as we develop the subject.
Part II
Background/Introduction
1 Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) - Why We Need It?
1.1 Two �Flavors� of QFT
Quantum �eld theories (QFT's) have two �avors. On one hand QFT a simple application of
standard non-relativistic quantum mechanics to describe classical wave phenomena in quan-
tum world. For example quantum physics of elastic waves can be described by QFT which,
in this problem, is not a fundamentally new science. Its a very simple application of standard
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
7
1.2 QFT as a Special Application of Quantum Mechanics
non-relativistic quantum mechanics in systems with in�nite degrees of freedom. The name
Quantum Optics is usually considered to represent non-relativistic quantum electrodynamics
(QED). As we would see below, quantum optics is simply obtained by applying standard
quantization rules to the in�nite coupled variables of Maxwell system.
On the other hand QFT also describes quantum physics of classical particles. In non-
relativistic limit, physics involved in QFT is same as physics involved in standard quantum
mechanics. This is a special case. More generally, quantum physics of classical particles
in relativistic limit is a fundamentally new science known as QFT. This is can be called a
non-trivial extension of quantum mechanics (this extension would need new postulates) but
it certainly is not a mere application of standard quantum mechanics.
1.2 QFT as a Special Application of Quantum Mechanics
In its one of the incarnation, QFT is simply a quantum theory of systems that can have
in�nite degrees of freedom. QFT is simply a quantum theory of classical problems which
has many coupled dynamical variables. Notice that a �eld is nothing but a bunch of coupled
variables. For example, a scalar �eld A(x, t) can simply be represented as a bunch of variables
Ax(t). Notice that the time evolution of one of the variable Ax1(t) might depend on the time
evolution of other variable Ax2(t). This second notation, I guess, makes it amply clear
what we mean by multiple coupled variables. Canonical quantization of classical �eld would
now be done in exactly same fashion as the canonical quantization of other many variable
problems, like multi-particle problems, is done. We would work out the details in sections
below.
1.3 QFT as a Fundamentally New Physics � Relativistic Multipar-
ticle Quantum Physics
Fundamentally, Quantum Field Theory (QFT) is required to combine ideas from special
relativity and quantum mechanics. In relativistic regime, quantum physics can not be de-
scribed in any way that would closely resemble standard non-relativistic quantum mechan-
ics. As we would discuss below, there is no consistent theory of single particle relativistic
quantum mechanics (similar to Schrodinger's equation that represents mechanics of single
non-relativistic particle in sub-atomic world). In literature, there exist many attempts at
it (like Pauli's equation, Klein Gordon equation or Dirac equation etc � each of which we
would discuss below, but in more modern formalism). But, as we would see, all of them su�er
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
8
1.3 QFT as a Fundamentally New Physics � Relativistic Multiparticle Quantum Physics
from one or the other di�culties1. Fundamentally, these di�culties arise from the fact that
Einstein mass-energy equivalence removes the possibility of single particles. Since, particles
can dynamically break into smaller mass particles and smaller mass particles can recombine
to give larger mass particles, any relativistic quantum theory needs to be fundamentally
a multi-particle theory. Hence there is no single particle relativistic quantum mechanical
equation. The simplest we can have is a multi-particle equation which describes the motion
of potentially in�nitely many particles with possibility of annihilation and creation. What
follows is called quantum �eld theory. The reason this subject goes by the name of ��eld
theory� is because we start from �eld equations and the concept of particles (in�nitely many
of them) emerges as we develop the formalism.
At this point, let us remind ourselves how the subject of non-relativistic quantum me-
chanics is usually developed. We start with classical single particle equation of motion (e.g.
Newton's equation of motion). We then perform canonical quantization and obtain single
particle quantum equation of motion (which goes by the name of Schrodinger's equation). It
turn out that this equation of motion is actually a �wave equation� and it correctly represents
the dynamics of single non-relativistic particle in sub-atomic world.
Now suppose I want to develop a non-relativistic multi-particle quantum theory. How
do I do it? At least conceptually, it is a very simple extension of single particle quantum
mechanics. All we need to do is to use direct-product spaces and direct-product states (see
below). This approach is usually taught in traditional non-relativistic quantum mechanics
courses. There is an alternative scheme which is extremely bizarre (and hence interesting!) at
�rst look. Just for fun, we can try this alternative route (we know it works even though there
is no reason for it to work � and that's why its fun!). We can take the Schrodinger's single
particle quantum wave equation and �quantize� it again treating it as a classical ��eld�2
(details of how classical �elds are quantized would be discussed below). Why are we trying
this alternative route? This would become clear when we talk about relativistic physics in
a bit. Now, if we try this second approach, what emerges is multi-particle quantum theory!
Yes � a multi-particle theory out of a single particle theory3! Exactly same physics as what
we get from previous route. Surprised? Don't worry, it is very surprising at �rst sight.
First approach usually seems to be more direct approach but remember that the canonical
1The most perturbing problems were existence of negative energy states, non-positive-de�nite probabilityand non-unitary Lorentz transformation.
2Note that term ��eld� is more appropriate than the term �wave�. Entity that we are trying to quantize issimply a function of space and time � it might not necessarily represent anything �propagating� or �moving�.
3Non-relativistic physics is a special case � this does not happen in more general relativistic case.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
9
1.3 QFT as a Fundamentally New Physics � Relativistic Multiparticle Quantum Physics
quantization itself is a postulation � so saying that this second approach is more arbitrary
than the �rst approach is, strictly speaking, not correct. Both methods are postulations
which we know work.
Now, people tried copying this exact same recipe for relativistic physics. They wanted
to get single-particle relativistic quantum mechanics. So they started with the classical rela-
tivistic equation of motion and performed canonical quantization to obtain a wave equation
that they expected to represent single-particle relativistic quantum mechanics. There was
some bad news and some good news. Bad news �rst. If we start with single particle rel-
ativistic classical equation of motion and quantize it, we don't get a self consistent theory
of single particle relativistic quantum physics. We get a wave equation (or a �eld) which
has many problems4. This equation can not be treated as a valid �single particle� equation
of motion (in fact this equation is an intermediate step in obtaining correct �multi-particle�
physics). Now the good news. If we treat this equation of motion as a classical �eld and
quantize it again, we do get a valid multi-particle relativistic quantum physics. This whole
procedure has no justi�cation. It should, strictly speaking, be treated as postulation.
A couple of side notes. As stressed before, non-relativistic physics was just a special case.
In general, a multi-particle theory can not fall out of a single particle theory without further
postulations. Philosophically, this a bit comforting. Secondly, we were very lucky that canon-
ical quantization of classical particle physics lead us to Schrodinger/Heisenberg/Dirac/Von-
Neumann etc. type of quantum particle physics which worked. Again this is a special case.
Canonical quantization of relativistic classical �particle� physics does not lead to any valid
quantum physics.
So, in conclusion, fundamentally, particle theories actually emerges from �eld theories
with non-relativistic situation being a special case where �eld theory does not take a funda-
mentally important stand (and actually seems very uncomfortable, unnecessary and bizarre).
Second point, that I want to stress again before closing this section, is that this whole part
of science which deals with canonical quantization, is not usually taught in very accurate
fashion. These are just �tricks� that give us physics that experiments have con�rmed to be
true. These tricks can not even be called postulates in mathematically rigorous sense. Just
like in standard non-relativistic quantum mechanics, there is no way to �prove� or �derive�
expressions for quantum Hamiltonians (canonical quantization is just a trick that works for
a few important problem), similarly there is no way to derive Hamiltonians in terms of �eld
4As mentioned before, the most perturbing problems were existence of negative energy states, non-positive-de�nite probability and non-unitary Lorentz transformation. We would discuss these latter.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
10
1.4 In Summary ...
operators (that we use in QFT). These are supposed to be fundamental postulates. But there
exist a similar canonical quantization scheme, as we would study latter, using which we can
�derive� quantum �eld theory operators starting from a �wrong� supposedly-single-particle
relativistic quantum wave equation (like Dirac equation of KG equation).
1.3.1 QFT as convenient alternative language for non-relativistic multiparticle
quantum physics
As I said above, it is not necessary to quantize a �eld to obtain multi-particle non-relativistic
quantum mechanics. One can obtain the same physics using the concept of direct product
spaces in seemingly more direct approach. So, QFT is not essential for multi-particle non-
relativistic systems. As the methods and tools of QFT gained popularity, we have learned
that they are very useful even in non-relativistic multi-particle situations. Almost all prob-
lems in condensed matter physics (a big class of these problems are non-relativistic) are now
a days conveniently described in terminologies and formalism of QFT.
1.4 In Summary ...
As is clear from above discussion, QFT has two utilities. First, it is a quantum theory of
classical waves. Second, it is a quantum relativistic/non-relativistic theory of multi-particle
(varying number of particle or in�nite number of particles � both can be handled) physics.
As far as �rst usage is concerned, QFT is not a completely new theory. At least if we restrict
ourselves to non-relativistic systems, this formalism has nothing fundamentally new physics
in it (just a few mathematical tools required to handle in�nite degrees). In this case it is a
very simple extension of elementary quantum mechanics.
Now as for the second usage, it becomes a bit tricky. As we would see latter, we treat
single particle quantum mechanics (like Schrodinger's equation or the Dirac equation etc) as
�classical� wave equation and quantize it using same rules as those used for quantizing clas-
sical waves. We would see that this leads to multi-particle quantum theory (relativistically
consistent). This new story is not mathematically as straight forward, though. As we move
to relativistic systems, mathematical formulation becomes very intricate. The reason is that
it was not very simple to enforce Lorentz invariance on classical wave equations. Moreover
representations of Lorentz transformation in Hilbert space has it's own nitty-gritties. So
mathematically speaking, relativistic QFT 5 is far more di�cult than elementary quantum
5Fundamental physicists might insist here that �relativistic� quali�er is not required as QFT in funda-
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
11
1.4 In Summary ...
mechanics (although very little completely new physics as such).
To summarize, here are a couple of fundamental reason why we need QFT :-
• QFT is needed to explain quantization of classical wave phenomenon - with no quantum
description available. One can argue that as far as non-relativistic physics of electrons
(Schrodinger's equation) is considered QFT only gives a new interpretation of same
physics included in Schrodinger's wave equation6. But when we quantize �elds like
electromagnetic �elds (which has no quantum description besides QFT) we get funda-
mentally new concepts using QFT. QFT makes various predictions of non-classical
�states of �elds� � like squeezed light etc. For example if you pick one normal mode
of EM wave then classically all you can change is its amplitude or phase. In classical
light, if you pick one normal mode, there is a Poissonian distribution of probability of
number of photon � that is its a linear superposition of states having di�erent number
of photons in that EM mode with expansion coe�cients being Poissonian distributed.
But QFT predicts that this mode can be in many other states like a superposition of
having one and two photons in one normal mode of EM wave � such a state of light
would not give Poisonian distribution in photon arrival time. There are many more
such phenomena that can not be explained without QFT.
• In relativistic QM, QFT removes many problems associated with negative energies,
in�nite energies and negative probability densities by coherently bringing the concepts
of anti-particles. For example, if we try to solve free-space Klein-Gordon equation
(which is just a simple relativistic version of free-space Schrodinger's equation and is
known to be correct description of a family of particles despite some earlier historical
doubts), 'each' state of the system is associated with two energies - one positive and
one negative. One does not know how to interpret it physically staying within non-
quantized wave equation description. QFT resolves such di�culties by predicting the
presence of anti-particles - each particle has its anti-particle that sits in the negative
energy state (somewhat like holes in semiconductor theory). QFT predicts existence
mentally not required for non-relativistic systems � for them QFT is relativistic QFT!6Technically speaking, second quantization involves no new physics. But �eld quantization do. Second
quantization can be studied in two ways. One can either use concepts of �eld quantization and quantize theSchrodinger's �eld � in such a case it does appear that we are postulating new physics. Alternatively, onecan simply use the anti-symmetry (Pauli's Exclusion) postulate of Fermi particles to obtain exactly samephysics as that by �eld quantization. Such alternative routes are not available if a quantum description(something like Schrodinger's equation) does not already exist - such as in EM waves case. In such case �eldquantization is a postulation of new physics.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
12
2: General Comments on Philosophy of QM
of many such particles.
Besides, QFT also provides a very neat and straight forward conceptual formulation under
varied circumstances (that can strictly be studied in conventional QM as well), like :-
• It removes the di�erent notions of single-particle equation or multi-particle equation
and brings in a more complete picture. Its makes it much easier to describe real physical
situation where number of particles is not constant and keeps on changing as a result
of interaction with surroundings. All QFTs are multi-particle theories. One
starts from so called single-particle Schrodinger's equation and gets a multi-particle
QFT. This is no miracle. If we look at conventional quantum mechanics, even with
single particle Schrodinger equation one can study multi-particle systems if one ignores
particle-particle interaction. If you build a QFT of electrons what you get is a non-
interacting multi-electron theory7. In QFT inter-particle interaction is treated as inter-
�eld interaction. Main bene�t of QFT is its conceptually simple and straight forward
formulation.
• It removes the notion of interacting or non-interacting multi-particle theories. Inter-
particle interaction comes from 'inter-�eld interaction'. For example quanti-
zation of Schrodinger's equation leads to multi-particle QFT. For including electron-
electron interaction one needs to include the photons in the picture. So one type of
�eld only brings out one character of a type of particle. One needs to study inter-�eld
interaction to get a complete picture of an electron, for example. This kind of set up
is much more handy - at least conceptually.
2 General Comments on Philosophy of QM
2.1 Brief Comment on Linearity of Physical Systems in Quantum
Mechanics
• One would notice the equations governing the motion (like Schrodinger's equation) in
quantum physics are linear. So when we claim that we understand all the fundamental
7Description remains incomplete unless all other �elds are included as well. For example in QFT electron-electron Coulomb interaction comes from the interaction of electron QFT with photons QFT. So one maywant to call the Schrodinger's quantized �eld (without the presence of other �elds) as 'Quasi-Electrons' �they are strictly eigen energy state as long as other �elds are not present. See the following points to makethings clear.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
13
2.2 Brief Comment on Waves and Particles
laws of how universe operate, how are we proposing to handle non-linear processes?
Please check the other tutorial article on linearity of dynamical equations in quantum
physics. Concepts explained there hold even for QFT.
2.2 Brief Comment on Waves and Particles
In quantum physics waves/�elds and particles are very closely interleaved � much more than
what we have seen in Schrodinger's type quantum mechanics. One can describe each and
every phenomena through particles only (including static forces like electrostatic attraction
as well as interference/di�raction � we don't need any �eld concept) or using waves/�elds
only. In fact all particles are made up of �elds themselves in QFT. However, while building
these two exactly equivalent formalism we would de�ne very clearly what we actually mean
by 'particle' and what we actually mean by a 'wave'. We would see that these are not exactly
same as our naive understanding of particle and wave concepts. In the prevalent literature
of modern physics people speak of a 'particle' or a 'wave' in several very distinct senses:-
2.2.1 Usage 1
• 'Elementary particles' are often simply called 'particles'. We would understand
these better while studying QFT. These results from the studies of free �elds (no inter-
action). 'Particles' are treated as a 'quanta' of something like spin angular momentum
or mass or electric charge etc. (each elementary particle has a set of associated quantum
numbers). So we claim (this actually falls of naturally from the theory that we would
discuss below, its not treated as a separate postulate) that these quantities like charge
or mass (or it may be something else) can only be incremented or reduced in steps and
not continuously. This is the correct meaning of particle behavior. For, example
when electron gets absorbed from a quantum well by a physically �localized� absorber,
�entire electron� gets absorbed �at once� from entire quantum well irrespective of the
shape of wavefunction. The process is not something like water �ow going into a drain.
How relativistic causality is preserved in this process would be explored in the theory
of QFT. Note that localization in physical space should not be considered as
a proof or guarantee of particle behavior. On the other hand, interference
and di�raction should be associated with correct meaning of wave behavior.
To allow both the e�ects in one physical entity, say an electron, under di�erent exper-
imental setup, the way we explain the physics is to propose that there is 'something'
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
14
2.2 Brief Comment on Waves and Particles
(like wavefunctions in Schrodinger's mechanics) associated with every system that is
more fundamental than the properties we can measure. So the kind of language we
would be using while studying quantum physics is that � certain �mode� has so many
numbers of �quanta� of certain quantity. The �mode� is usually a state vector in state
space of continuous functions. Various �modes� are allowed to go through interference
which �nally leads to interference e�ects in observable quantities like spatial distribu-
tion etc. Note that simply associating a spatial function is not a proof or
guarantee of wave like behavior. We need to allow these spatial wavefunction to
take negative or complex values (mathematically it should form a vector space) so that
we can add them to get interference e�ects. A positive-de�nite spatial function can
not show interference e�ects. Also, very roughly speaking, the amplitude of �mode�
can only change in discrete fashion. And this would �nally lead to particle behavior.
And this is how wave-particle duality is inbuilt in quantum mechanics. So
this state vector or mode itself can be a function of spatial coordinates that describes
the distribution of quantity concerned in space in some particular fashion. This space
function may or may not accept a straight Born probability interpretation that we
have seen in Schrodinger's quantum mechanics. The mapping between state vector
and actual amplitude/probability distribution (Born like interpretation) depends on
the quantity we are talking about. This interpretation again would fall of naturally as
we develop the theory.
• A comment should be added here about widespread misconception about energy and
momentum of elementary particles. It is widely taught that photons are supposed to be
monochromatic (state of de�nite energy and state of de�nite momentum in freespace).
Remember E = ~ω and p = ~k? This statement is completely incorrect8. We can take
a photon and place it in a linear superposition of two energy eigen state (in free space
for example). So we can have a single photon whose energy and momentum are not
well de�ned.
2.2.2 Usage 2
• In condensed matter physics, when we quantize complicated interacting system, we
would be lead to many other types of 'quanta' that are not elementary particles. Ex-
8Two expressions, known as Einstein and De Broglie relations respectively, are correct depending uponhow you interpret and how you use them. Abuses of these in both teaching and practice are common!
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
15
2.2 Brief Comment on Waves and Particles
amples of these are electron-polarons (quanta of coupled electron phonon system) or
phonon-polariton (quanta of coupled phonon-photon system) etc. Basically these are
elementary excitation of ground state (lowest energy state) of such systems.
By 'elementary excitation' we mean that 'minimal' excitation of system beyond ground
state would have one of these elementary excitation. Some people refer to quanta de-
�ned like this either as normal 'particles' or 'quasi-particles' depending upon the
�lifetime�. Quasi-particles are something that represent energy eigen state as long as
interactions with other particles/�elds are neglected. Interactions give �nite lifetime.
In this sense, actually everything known as 'particles' are just 'quasi-particles' !
• We need to clarify the meaning of last statement a bit further. Let us assume that
we have a single molecule with one extra electron. What happens is that the molecule
goes into a di�erent state of vibrations when extra electron is added. This is what
we call as electron-polaron. Let us assume that there are no other interactions. So
if we place electron-polaron in an energy eigen state of this multi-particle system, it
would remain in that state for ever (life time of the state is in�nite). We can also
place this electron-polaron, if we want, in a linear superposition of two energy eigen
states of this multi-particle system. Then system would keep on oscillating between
two energy eigen state forever. But the electron-polaron would never 'decompose'. In
realistic cases, lifetime is never in�nite but can be long compared to other processes
(electron-polaron would decompose after long time but not within the time scale we
maybe interested in). In such a case people simply refer to this elementary excitation
as a 'particle'. In case this elementary excitation decays faster than the time scale we
are studying, people usually refer to it as 'quasi-particle'.
2.2.3 Usage 3
• The other common usage of the term 'particle' is more intended for �xing analogies
between (loose) classical and quantum interpretations. In a very loose classical sense,
a particle is supposed to have a de�nite position and velocity whereas waves never have
both of them in de�nite quantities at same time. Note that this is not a real indication
of particle behavior even in classical mechanics - lots and lots of people misunderstand
the concept of particles. For example you can take a completely classical acoustic wave
and create wave-packets out of it � and it might seem that you got the wave-particle
duality explained with a theory that is fundamentally a wave theory! Certainly not,
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
16
2.3 Brief Comments on Canonical Quantization
because you would never be able to explain instantaneous and localized absorption of
phonons from everywhere in one go (process would always be like water �owing into
drain as long as you stay in classical mechanics). So the way people very loosely put
it is that � 'wave-particle duality can be resolved/institutionalized by accepting that
actual world obeys �eld/wave mechanics but one can obtain 'particle' like behavior
by creating wave-packets by superposition of �eld/waves'. This interpretation is
not correct. It gives an impression that quantum mechanics is just a simple
classical wave-mechanics. I have even seen books on quantum mechanics with titles
like �Wave Mechanics�. Complete resolution of wave/particle duality comes only when
one understands that wave-like modes or quantum states (which obeys linear algebra)
contains quantized amount of matter. For example when electron would get absorbed,
electron would disappear from 'everywhere' unlike classical wave theories. Even in
Schrodinger's quantum mechanics, you would appreciate the real strength of quantum
mechanics only when you start building multi-particle theory and start studying things
like emission and absorption of particles. One should go back and study some good
text on photoelectric e�ect to really understand that wave-packets of classical waves
can never explain the photon-like (particle-like) behavior observed by the photoelectric
experiments.
• In conclusion, one should understand that if you associate interference/di�raction phe-
nomenon as de�ning properties of waves then the wave-like behavior is inbuilt in quan-
tum mechanics since it associates a more fundamental 'entity' to all system and that
entity has a linear algebraic structure. Phrases like 'wave like' or '�eld like' are often
used to indicate that quantity obeys linear algebra and its the 'amplitude' associated
with the quantity that adds up and not the probabilities which are interpreted as square
of amplitudes. So this can be taken as another usage/interpretation of word 'wave'.
Phrases like - 'particle-like' actually means that when it is absorbed it is absorbed as a
whole from everywhere � physical localization is not real indicator of particle behavior.
Physical localization is easily achievable constructing wave-packets out-o� completely
classical wave mechanics.
2.3 Brief Comments on Canonical Quantization
Over time, many schemes of quantizing a classical Hamiltonian to obtain a quantum Hamil-
tonian have been developed. All of them are ultimately just �rules�. For any given problem,
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
17
2.3 Brief Comments on Canonical Quantization
these �rules� needs to be veri�ed against empirical data. QFT, as a theoretical framework
assumes that Hamiltonian is given. Most popular of these quantization rules is the canon-
ical quantization due to Dirac. In �eld quantization setup, canonical quantization also
goes by the name of second quantization.
• Readers might also want to check other articles on QuantumMechanics and Symmetries
in Physical World.
• There are many ways of obtaining quantum Hamiltonian and other operators from clas-
sical analogues. These are known as quantization rules. Most common of these is the
so called canonical quantization due to Dirac. In �eld theory, canonical quantization
is sometimes also called 'second quantization'.
• It is instructive, and probably interesting as well, to stress that the Dirac's canonical
quantization rule of 'inventing' quantum Hamiltonians from the known classical Hamil-
tonians by converting canonical co-ordinate and momenta into operators and enforcing
a commutation relation between them, is in essence, a claim that one can use the same
force/interaction laws in subatomic world as in classical macroscopic world.
Only the system description (the kinematical part of the story) is di�erent because of
Nature's reluctance to allow us to specify the state of a system beyond certain limit.
This statement is true in many common situations but not in general (for examples
spins have no classical counterparts and can not be invented from classical Hamiltoni-
ans). But it is at the heart of most of the conventional quantum mechanics that we do
in day to day semiconductor physics. When experimentally one come to know that it
does not work then one look around for a new quantum mechanical Hamiltonian that
would describe the new physics. One such famous example is spin.
• Also note that time t has a special and distinct status in non-relativistic
quantum mechanics and is di�erent from the status of spatial position. We
don't replace t with an operator when using Dirac's canonical quantization rule. t
remains a functional parameter whereas spatial co-ordinates and conjugate momenta
are promoted (or may be demoted - whatever you like!) to the status of operators.
This, intuitively speaking, might be related to the fact that we never observe quantized
time (or rather we never explain it that way).
• Since all classical physical quantities can always be represented as a function of Carte-
sian co-ordinates and conjugate momenta, Dirac's canonical momentum, in e�ect, tells
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
18
2.4 Brief Comments on Identical Particles
us that all we need to do is to get new de�nitions of co-ordinate and mo-
mentum such that those de�nitions somehow include our inability to specify
co-ordinate and momentum simultaneously. The rest of all the physical quanti-
ties would still hold identical meaning in quantum mechanics and we can use exactly
identical de�nitions. These new de�nitions would be postulates. Or in other words we
postulate a commutation relation between two variables which obey the same classical
physics.
• Note that Dirac's quantization rule and the enforced (postulated) commu-
tation works in Cartesian co-ordinates only. If you change the co-ordinates you
need to obtain new commutation rules using the co-ordinate transformation equations.
One example is the angular momentum. In Hamiltonian formulation angular
position and angular momenta can simply be treated as generalized co-ordinates and
conjugate momenta but they would not obey Dirac's simple commutation rule. One can
obtain commutation relation between any set of generalized co-ordinates and conjugate
momenta starting from the postulated commutation relation of Cartesian co-ordinates
and Cartesian momenta.
• These would also work only as long as quantities involved have integer spins. This we
would explore in more details below.
2.4 Brief Comments on Identical Particles
• QFT would result in di�erent families of identical particles. So its important to under-
stand what happens if particles are identical or in other words indistinguishable from
each other.
• Postulate of symmetrization of basic quantum mechanics states that there are only two
types (classes) of identical particles � bosons or fermions. This means that:-
� All states need to be either symmetric or anti-symmetric. For wavefunctions of
two identical particles:-
φ(r1, r2) = ±φ(r2, r1)
� All operators corresponding to physically measurable quantities need to preserve
the Bosonic/Fermionic properties of states. This means that operators corre-
sponding to physical properties need to commute with so called exchange opera-
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
19
tor. Hence operators need to be completely symmetric with respect to exchange of
particles. For any operator that operates on two identical particle Hilbert space:-
A(r1, r2) = A(r2, r1)
• Further, one can prove that Bosonic and Fermionic behavior is associated with particles
and not with states (this is not a postulate, this statement can be proved). This means
that
� Suppose we have a system of two identical particles. Suppose we know that system
of particles is in an anti-symmetric state. When we add a third identical particle
to the system, it would remain anti-symmetric. One can prove this from physical
arguments.
� If we have system of three identical particles, there does not exist any state of
the system so that it is symmetric with respect to exchange of two of these and
anti-symmetric with respect to exchange of another two. This statement can also
be proved from group theoretic arguments.
Part III
A First Introduction to QFT - Non
Relativistic Canonical Quantization of
Classical Wave Phenomenon -
Quantization of Displacement (Elastic)
Fields
As mentioned above, QFT has two usages. For physical phenomenon that are classically
wave motions (like electromagnetic waves or continuum elastic waves etc), QFT is a simple
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
20
3: Single Harmonic Oscillator
extension of quantum mechanics into systems with in�nite degrees of freedom. As far as
quantization of �elds is concerned, we do not need any new physics or any new postulates.
Standard quantum mechanics is su�cient.
On the other hand QFT also provides us multi-particle theories for those particles which
obey single particle quantum mechanical wave equations. For example quantization of
Schrodinger's wave and the Dirac waves gives us non relativistic and relativistic physics of
multi-electron systems respectively. This part of QFT is a bit tricky. We treat Schrodinger's
equation or the Dirac equation as a �classical� wave equation and quantize it as usual. As
it turns out, this quantization (also known as second quantization) leads to multi-particle
physics.
In this part we would only discuss the quantization classical wave motion. For this part
we would not need any new physics. We would discuss how to apply standard quantum
mechanics in systems with in�nite degrees and we would discuss how to do canonical quan-
tization of classical waves. In next part we would discuss the second �avor of QFT and we
would try to rationalize why we are justi�ed in treating single particle quantum mechanical
equation of motions as �classical� wave equations.
3 Single Harmonic Oscillator
3.1 Quick Classical Recap
Classical Hamiltonian for a harmonic oscillator with natural frequency of oscillation ω and
mass m is written as
H(q, p) =1
2mω2q2 +
p2
2m
Natural frequency is related to the spring-constant and mass as ω =√
Km. q and p are Carte-
sian co-ordinate and momentum respectively. Hamilton's equation of motion (or equivalently
Newtonian equation of motion) can be written as
dp
dt= −mω2q (1)
and
mdq
dt= p
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
21
3.1 Quick Classical Recap
We know that the most general solution for these equations is
q(t) = A cos(ωt− φ)
and
p(t) = Amω sin(ωt− φ)
Here A and φ are real valued variables. Any other solution or superpositions of solutions
can always be written in above form 9.
3.1.1 Complex Variable Transformation
One should notice that A and φ are the real valued variables in the above solution. From
above form of the solution for Cartesian co-ordinate q and Cartesian momentum p one can
immediately see that p is 90o out of phase from q. Hence we can, if we want to, write
the solutions as real and imaginary parts of a complex exponential. In other words, if B
is a complex valued number, then we must be able to write such that q ∝ B + B? and
p ∝ i(B − B?). We can write the above written most general solution in a more convenient
and completely alternative form as
q(t) = C exp(−iωt) + C? exp(iωt) ≡ B(t) +B?(t)
and
p(t) = −imωC exp(−iωt) + imωC? exp(iωt) ≡ −imω(B(t)−B?(t))
Notice that, if we let C = A2
exp(iφ) and B(t) = C exp(−iωt), where A and φ are again real
valued, then we retrieve our previous form of the solution q(t) = A cos(ωt−φ). C can now
be a complex valued constant and includes the amplitude and phase information.
B(t) is a complex valued function of time and includes the amplitude, time oscil-
9Here comes a very important point. One should notice that the reason q(t) and p(t) are real valuedfunctions is because the classical equation of motion ( 1 ) has second order time derivative of q(t). If thisderivative had been a �rst order then complex solution would be acceptable. As we would see in the nextsection, quantum mechanical equation only involves a �rst order time derivative (Schrodinger's equation).Hence the solutions are complex exponentials. So we would have to add two solutions to get a real valuedsolution.This a very generic result. A very important di�erence between non-relativistic and relativistic QFT of
elementary particles. It also creates anomalies within non-relativistic QFT. For example, one would alsonotice that the wavefunction operator for a single phonon would include two terms (so called positive energyand negative energy terms) whereas non-relativistic single particle electron wavefunction operator containsonly one positive energy term.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
22
3.1 Quick Classical Recap
lation and phase information. Remember that the real part of B, within some frequency
independent numerical factor, represents time evolution of Cartesian co-ordinate q and the
imaginary part of B, again within some frequency dependent numerical factors, represents
time evolution of Cartesian momentum.
One can now immediately check that
q2 = CC exp(−i2ωt) + C?C? exp(i2ωt) + 2CC?
and
p2 = −m2ω2CC exp(−i2ωt)−m2ω2C?C? exp(i2ωt) + 2m2ω2CC?
Hence, the Hamiltonian can now be written as
H(q, p) =1
2mω2q2 +
p2
2m= 2mω2CC? ≡ mω2(BB? +B?B)
From here onward we would use this complex exponential form of the solution. We would
call the B ≡ C exp(−iωt) as the �positive energy� part and B? ≡ C? exp(iωt) as
the �negative energy� part of the solution. It sometimes help to remember that
C = A2
exp(iφ). And the solution is q(t) = B +B? and p(t) = −imω(B −B?).
As a general comment, in more complicated systems, its not necessary that q and p be
sinusoidal functions of time and be 90o out of phase. Since a complex valued function of
time is simply a combination of two arbitrary real valued of functions of time, we can always
write q and p as real and imaginary parts of a complex valued function of time. Reversing
the transformation of variables, one can write
B =q
2+ i
p
2mω(2)
B? =q
2− i p
2mω(3)
This transformation can be used to obtain the complex variable B when the classical solution
is not a sinusoidal function.
We would also use normalized variables very often. These normalizations give much
simpler expressions. Suppose we want to write the Hamiltonian as
H = ~ω(bb?)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
23
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
This can easily be done by de�ning �normalized �eld variables� as:-
b =
√2mω
~B
Here are the conclusions
• Most general solution is made up of �positive energy� (B = C exp(−iωt)) and �negativeenergy� (B? = C? exp(jωt)) parts. Coe�cients are complex valued and conjugate of
each other. We would often represent these two parts as B and B?. We would often
refer to these parts as ��eld variables�. These includes phase as well as time information.
• b and b? are just the normalized B and B?.
• When we would quantize the problem in next section, we would �nd that its very
helpful in �nding the eigen energy spectrum of them Hamiltonian to try to factorize
the classical Hamiltonian as above. General procedure would be try and write the
real-valued classical canonical variables q and p in terms of single complex variable b
such that q ∝ b+ b?and p ∝ −i(b− b?).
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
One can easily get a quantum mechanical Hamiltonian through Dirac's quantization rule by
converting time dependent canonical variables q and p into Hermitian time inde-
pendent Schrodinger's picture operators q and p obeying the canonical commutation
relation
[q, p] = i~
(we experimentally know that it works)
H =p2
2m+
1
2mω2q2
3.2.1 Consistency Check
Whenever a problem is quantized one should do following consistency check. One should
make sure that, in Heisenberg representation, time dependent operators q and p obeys the
Heisenberg's equation of motion. In this particular problem, q and p are Cartesian co-
ordinate and Cartesian momentum respectively. Hence, this is trivially enforced.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
24
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
3.2.2 Creation and Annihilation Operators
As we know from elementary quantum mechanics, energy spectrum (eigen values and eigen
vectors) of this Hamiltonian can be obtained using standard di�erential equations methods.
Instead following that straight attack, we would develop a more handy method here. For
this we would �rst de�ne creation and annihilation operators.
We know that the classical q and p were given by
q = B +B?
and
p = −imω(B −B?)
Now when q and p turn into Hermitian time-independent operators then B and B? also into
time-independent operators but non-Hermitian ones. We will call them B and B† (as
would become obvious in a minute, these two operators are indeed Hermitian conjugate of
each other). Transformation of B and B? into operators can easily be seen from classical
inverse transformations.
B(t) =q(t)
2+ i
p(t)
2mω
and
B?(t) =q(t)
2− i p(t)
2mω
So we get
B =q
2+ i
p
2mω
B† =q
2− i p
2mω
If we want, we can call these expression just as their de�nitions in terms of operators q and p.
All we are doing here is to motivate these de�nitions. I want to justify the reader why I want
to de�ne B and B† the way I did. Alternatively, one can see above expressions as natural
consequence of Dirac's quantization of q and p. One can just consider above quantities
as quantized versions of associated classical quantities. Incidentally note that q and p are
Hermitian by de�nition and hence B and B† as de�ned above are Hermitian conjugate of
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
25
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
each other. Inverting these de�nitions, one can write q and p in terms of B and B†
q = B + B†
p = −imω(B − B†)
Now, the de�ned commutation relation between q and p would also enforce a commutation
relation between B and B†. We can see that
[B, B†] = − i
2mω[q, p] =
~2mω
And after some explicit calculations we would see that
H = mω2(BB† + B†B)
Now suppose I want to write this as
H =~ω2
(bb† + b†b)
This can easily be done by de�ning normalized operator b as follows:
b ≡√
2mω
~B
and hence in terms of these new variables
[b, b†] = 1 (4)
So if we want, using the commutator, we also can write the Hamiltonian as
H = ~ω(b†b+1
2) (5)
Also in terms of these new variables
q =
√~
2mω(b+ b†) (6)
p = −imω√
~2mω
(b− b†) (7)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
26
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
Or
b =
√2mω
~(q
2+ i
p
2mω) (8)
b† =
√2mω
~(q
2− i p
2mω) (9)
3.2.3 Eigen Spectrum of Linear Harmonic Oscillator
After so much of formalism and variable transformations, you may ask what's the point? We
started with a Hamiltonian and ended with Hamiltonian, we haven't solved anything yet?
Well, problem is actually solved by this point. The above �factorized� form of Hamiltonian
is easily diagonalizable. Lets explore this.
The good thing about this scheme is that if |n〉is the normalized energy eigen state with
an eigen value of (n+ 12)~ω then b†|0〉 is also an energy eigen state (may not be normalized)
with energy of (n+ 1 + 12)~ω which can easily be checked by applying Hamiltonian on b†|n〉.
Easy way of doing this is through commutation relations. One should �rst check that
[H, b†] = ~ω[b†b, b†] = ~ω(b†[b, b†] + [b†, b†]b) = ~ωb† (10)
In above we have used expressions 4 and 5. Similarly,
[H, b] = ~ω[b†b, b] = ~ω(b†[b, b] + [b†, b]b) = −~ωb (11)
Now, using expression 10 one can easily check that b†|n〉 is indeed an eigen state of energy
H(b†|n〉) = ([H, b†] + b†H)|n〉
= ~ωb†|n〉+ (n+1
2)~ωb†|n〉
= (n+1
2)~ω(b†|n〉)
Similarly, using expression 11 one can easily check that b|n〉 is also indeed an eigen state of
energy (may not be normalized) with eigen value of (n− 1 + 12)~ω. This is the reason why
these operators are called creation-annihilation operators or the ladder operators.
Speci�cally note that b†|0〉, for example, is normalized even though |0〉 is normalized.Let us try to �gure out the normalization prefactors should be. Let b†|n〉 = An|n + 1〉where states |n〉, ∀n are properly normalized. Taking Hermitian adjoint of this expression
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
27
3.2 Quantization of Single Harmonic Oscillator
we get 〈n|b = 〈n + 1|A?n. Combining these two one get 〈n|bb†|n〉 = A?nAn= 〈n|12
+ H~ω |n〉 =
12
+ (n+ 12) = n+ 1. Hence, An =
√n+ 1 exp(iφ) where φ is arbitrary real number. Hence,
one can separate out prefactors as
b†|n〉 =√n+ 1|n+ 1〉
and
b|n〉 =√n|n− 1〉
So knowing ground state we can form all the states without explicitly solving the rather
di�cult energy eigen value problem. Even �nding the ground state is pretty simple. One
can show that b|0〉 = 0. Remembering that b =√
2mω~ ( q
2+ i p
2mω) and in q-representation
|0〉 → Ψ0(q), q → q and p→ −i~ ∂∂q
, one gets an identity that
√2mω
~(q
2+
~2mω
∂
∂q)Ψ0(q) = 0
If we de�ne a new variable q′ =√
mω~ q we get
1√2
(q′ +∂
∂q′)Ψ0(q′) = 0
Using the integration factor of exp(q′2/2) one can easily integrate above equation. And
�nally after normalizing the state one can easily see that
Ψ0(q) = (mω
π~)1/4 exp(−mω
~q2
2)
Hence the ground state wavefunction is Gaussian distributed over real space with a normal-
ization factor in front of it. Applying b in q-representation on this state one can then �nd out
all other energy eigen state. Hence we see, as we claimed, that factorizing the Hamiltonian
and �nding creation and annihilation operators is all we had to do to solve the complete
problem.
3.2.4 Normal Ordered Hamiltonian
Second part of the Hamiltonian written above give the zero point energy. Very often we would
shift our zero reference of the energy scale to throw out this part in the energy spectrum. If
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
28
3.3 Alternative Interpretation
we decide to do this, we can simply write the Hamiltonian as
H = ~ω(b†b)
In this simple problem it was obvious how to remove the constant shift from the Hamiltonian.
In more complex problems it might not be as obvious. Following is the formal method of
getting rid o� constant shift. Remember that initially Hamiltonian was written as
H =~ω2
(b†b+ bb†)
Now we de�ne normal ordering of the operators by requiring all creation operators to go
to the left hand and all annihilation operators to go to the right. We claim that doing
this removes the constant zero-point energy. In standard text books normal ordering is
represented by :: symbol. So
: H :=~ω2
: (b†b+ bb†) :=~ω2
(2b†b) = ~ω(b†b)
3.3 Alternative Interpretation
We can interpret it (or talk about it) in a completely equivalent and an alternate language.
This alternate language for the time being would look unnecessary but its usefulness would
become more clear once entire subject of QFT is developed.
An oscillator of natural frequency ω is treated as one single ��eld-mode� which can take
di�erent quanta of energies in steps of ~ω. Depending upon the number of quanta in this
single �eld mode the �wave-function of the �eld � would take di�erent shape. Instead of saying
that an oscillating particle absorbs a photon and goes to higher energy eigen state we say
that the photon is absorbed and a quanta of energy is emitted (or created) in the ��eld mode
ω�. Note that there is still a ��eld-wavefunction� associated. �Field� in this extremely trivial
case has no spatial degree of freedom (in the sense that we don't really have a phonon like
wave in this example). The ��eld-wavefunction� represents the uncertainty associated with
the ��eld amplitude�. Again, in this simple case ��eld amplitude� is simply the displacement
of the oscillating particle from the equilibrium position.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
29
3.4 Commutation and Bosonic Behavior
3.4 Commutation and Bosonic Behavior
Another important point is that above commutation relation between annihilation and cre-
ation operator �indicates Bosonic identical particles� as we would explore below in more
details. What this means is that the quanta of energy discussed above would follow a ther-
mal equilibrium statistics similar to photons and phonons.
4 Chain of N Coupled Harmonic Oscillators - Concept of
Phonons
4.1 Quantization in Real Space
Let us now look at a multi coupled dynamical variable problem. This would shed some light
on the QFT.
Suppose there are N atoms connected together with identical linear springs. Note that
we can choose the N Cartesian displacements as independent co-ordinates and corresponding
Cartesian momenta to write a simple classical Hamiltonian as:-
H(ql, pl) =∑l
{ p2l
2m+
1
2K(ql+1 − ql)2}
Where l is the atomic site index and K is the spring constant. The equation assumes that
the spring constants between all the identical nearby atoms are exactly same (for simplicity)
and assumes only nearest neighbor coupling10. Both ql and pl are functions of time.
The Hamiltonian leads to a set of 2N separate Hamilton's equations of motion which would
be equivalent to N Newton's equation of motion and N de�nitions of momenta in terms of
co-ordinatesdpldt
= K(ql+1 − ql)−K(ql − ql−1)
pl = mdqldt
Note that the equation of motion for any one Cartesian displacement (or Cartesian momen-
tum) would depend upon the other Cartesian displacements as they are coupled. We can
10Note that as far as order of coupling is �nite, �eld theory developed would be a � local �eld theory� andhence conceptually they are all same � nearest neighbor coupling makes it easier to illustrate the physics.When order of coupling becomes in�nite, then this becomes non-local �eld theory � something that we wouldnot discuss in this article.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
30
4.1 Quantization in Real Space
go ahead and do the Dirac's quantization and obtain a quantum mechanical Hamiltonian.
Please note that the commutation relations enforced would be
[qn, pl] = i~δn,l
[qn, ql] = 0
[pn, pl] = 0
One should notice how one quantization rule automatically and logically gets replaced by
three in coupled oscillator case � simply because now we have a multi-particle problem at
hand. Note that these are local Cartesian co-ordinates and momenta. Such a quantization
is scheme is usually known as �quantization in real space� (real space in this particular
case is local Cartesian co-ordinate and momenta but in general it can be local generalized
co-ordinate and momenta as in case of EM �eld quantization in real space as we would see
below). The quantum mechanical Hamiltonian can easily be written as :-
H =∑l
{ pl2
2m+
1
2K(ql+1 − ql)2}
The state can be written as
Ψ(t) = ΠlΨl(ql, t)
Note that Ψl depends only on one co-ordinate and Πl represents the direct product over all
l. This would lead to a Schrodinger's equation:-
{∑l
pl2
2m+
1
2K(ql+1 − ql)2}Ψ(t) = i~
∂Ψ(t)
∂t
Which is equivalent to set of N Schrodinger's equations each associated with a single l:-
pl2Ψl(ql, t)
2m+
1
2K(ql+1 − ql)2Ψl+1(ql, t)Ψl(ql, t)
= i~∂
∂tΨl+1(ql, t)Ψl(ql, t)
Similarly one can write Heisenberg equations as well which would be exactly
similar to the classical Hamilton's equations. As a result of direct correspondence
we can easily see that all the N Schrodinger's equations are also coupled. Note that
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
31
4.2 k - Space Description
at each atomic site there is an associated wavefunction of its own Cartesian displacement. So
we have N attached wavefunctions. And the wavefunction evolution at each site is dependent
on the wavefunction evolution attached with other sites. Solving such a equation directly
would not be simple.
4.2 k - Space Description
There exist a linear transformation of co-ordinates in which the classical Hamilton's equation,
when written as matrix, becomes diagonal. These are simply the classical Normal mode
decomposition. An important e�ect of this change of co-ordinates is that even
the resulting Schrodinger's equations would be decoupled. Mathematically, what
we are doing is that we are taking linear combinations of di�erent Schrodinger's equations
and then de�ning new di�erential operators so that a bunch of new di�erential equations
in terms of these new operators are linearly independent. Which straightaway tells us that
these would lead to the quantum mechanical eigen energy states. Another strange thing
is that, as it turns out, even the Hamiltonian in new co-ordinates have the same
basic form of Harmonic oscillator (we would see how to put it in that form). Which
tells us that the amplitude of each classical normal mode obeys a decoupled
harmonic oscillator Hamiltonian when quantized.
We would now explore in details how this transformation actually works. I believe reader
is well aware of methods to diagonalize matrix equations and �nd eigen solutions and classical
dispersion relations from classical mechanics11. If not, one can easily check by substitution
11Coupled di�erential equation we want to solve are
dpl
dt= mω2(ql+1 − ql)−mω2(ql − ql−1)
which can be written asq1q2...ql...
=
1 2 ... l − 1 l l + 1 ...
1 −2mω2 mω2 0 0 0 0 02 −mω2 −2mω2 mω2 0 0 0 0... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...l 0 0 0 −mω2 −2mω2 mω2 0... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
q1q2...ql...
Or in matrix notations
¨q = Mq
Let, fl be the eigen vectors and λlbe the corresponding eigen values of matrix M
Mfl = λlfl
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
32
4.2 k - Space Description
that following are indeed the linearly independent solutions for the simultaneous equations of
motion. For a most general pattern of time evolution one simply takes a linear superposition
over all eigen functions. For unbounded medium the Cartesian displacement (�eld amplitude)
and momentum of any atomic site written in terms of classical normal modes amplitudes
are:-
ql(t) =∑k
Ak cos(kla− ωkt− φk)
and
pl(t) =∑k
mωkAk sin(kla− ωkt− φk)
By substituting such a plane wave solution back into equations of motion one can �nd the
phonon dispersion relation12. We would again �nd it very useful to write these two
Then one can perform a basis transformation so that the matrix M becomes diagonal. Instead of specifyingsystem by specifying vibrational displacement of every lattice site (i.e. ql � hence, basis being (1, 0, 0, ...),(0, 1, 0, ...) etc.), we can specify the amplitude of another set of orthonormal vectors. From elementary linearalgebra we know that if we choose the basis set as the set of eigen vectors fl (column vectors) then aboveequation would become diagonal. So let a new matrix
S = [f1 f2 f3 ... ...]
where we have placed vectors fl along various columns of matrix S. From elementary linear algebra we knowthat this matrix can then be used for basis transformation. Further let
S−1q = α
S−1 ¨q = ¨α
Note that the matrix M and S are time independent. Then above set of coupled di�erential equations canbe written as
¨q = MSα
¨α = S−1MSα
Now we know that
S−1MS =
λ1
λ2
λ3
...
Hence
αl = λlαl
For real valued solutions we get
ql =∑
j
SljAj cos(λlt)
with real valued coe�cients and eigen values.12See Eq 31 in subsection 5.1.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
33
4.2 k - Space Description
variables as as real and imaginary part of some complex variable. We would again break the
solution into �positive energy part� and �negative energy part�.
ql(t) =1√N
∑k
Ck exp(ikla) exp(−iωkt) + C∗k exp(−ikla) exp(iωkt)
and
pl(t) =1√N
∑k
−imωkCk exp(ikla) exp(−iωkt) + imωkC∗k exp(−ikla) exp(iωkt)
1√N
is normalization for exponentials. For periodic boundary conditions one can see that
k = 2πnNa
where n would be an integer between −N/2 and N/2. Note that we need two
terms in the above equation to make the displacements real. Ck and C∗k contains the phase
and the amplitudes information of the normal modes of oscillations. If we want we can
relate them explicitly to the amplitude and phase as Ck = Ak
2exp(iφk). Usually one de�nes
Ck exp(−iωkt) ≡ Bk and C∗k exp(iωkt) ≡ B∗k. Hence, time, phase and mode oscillation
amplitude information is buried into the �eld co-ordinates de�ned in this way
whereas spatial dependence is taken out. And hence
ql(t) =1√N
∑k
Bk exp(ikla) +B∗k exp(−ikla)
and
pl(t) =1√N
∑k
−imωkBk exp(ikla) + imωkB∗k exp(−ikla)
By direct substitution of above into the classical Hamiltonian and then using the orthonormal
conditions and dispersion relations to enforce relationship between ω and k, after simple but
tedious algebraic manipulations one can show that classical Hamiltonian can be written as
H =∑k
mω2k{B∗kBk +BkB
∗k} (12)
Suppose we want to write this as (it makes things much more handy)
H =∑k
~ωk2{b∗kbk + bkb
∗k} (13)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
34
4.2 k - Space Description
This can be done by de�ning normalized �eld variables as
Bk =
√~
2mωkbk
Remember that spatial parts are orthonormalized and �eld variables (positive
energy amplitude and negative energy amplitude) include initial phase, time
evolution and mode oscillation amplitude information and the amplitudes are
further made dimensionless through prefactors. So we can write
ql(t) =1√N
∑k
√~
2mωk{bk exp(ikla) + b∗k exp(−ikla)} (14)
and
pl(t) =1√N
∑k
√~
2mωk{−imωkbk exp(ikla) + imωkb
∗k exp(−ikla)} (15)
and inverse of these can be written as
bk =∑l
[(
√mωk2~N
)pl + i(
√1
2~mωkN)ql] exp(−ikla) (16)
and
b?k =∑l
[(
√mωk2~N
)pl − i(√
1
2~mωkN)ql] exp(ikla) (17)
When we do our standard quantization (I want stress here that we are not doing
any new postulation) by converting the time dependent conjugate variables ql(t) and pl(t)
into time independent operators ql and pl, respectively, (in Schrodinger's picture) and by
enforcing the three commutation relations between ql and pl mentioned in the previous
section, we see that simply from the co-ordinate transformation equations 16 and 17 the
the classical time dependent normalized �eld oscillation amplitudes (negative and positive
energy amplitudes) that is Bk and B∗k become time independent �eld operators bk and b
†k in
Schrodinger's picture and time dependent operator in Heisenberg picture
bk =∑l
[(
√mωk2~N
)pl + i(
√1
2~mωkN)ql] exp(−ikla) (18)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
35
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
and
bk†
=∑l
[(
√mωk2~N
)pl − i(√
1
2~mωkN)ql] exp(ikla) (19)
One can explicitly check that these follow the boson commutation relation
[bn, b†k] = δn,k
[bn†, b†k] = 0
[bn, bk] = 0
These are called �equal time commutation relation (ETCR)� (this is because when
working in Heisenberg representation value of time variable needs to be kept same in these
relations).
The quantum mechanical Hamiltonian can simply be obtained from 13 by promoting
�eld amplitudes to be operators
H =∑k
~ω{b†kbk +1
2} (20)
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
In case of some other �elds (for example in the case of EM �elds as we would see latter)
the choice of conjugate variables in real space is not very obvious. In that case one usually
prefers to do quantization in k-space using generalized conjugate variables. We would explain
how this is done by quantizing lattice vibrations in k-space. Let us �rst try to identify the
generalized conjugate variables.
Suppose I want to write the classical Hamiltonian 12 which is repeated below for conve-
nience
H =∑k
mω2k{B∗kBk +BkB
∗k}
as
H =∑k
~ωk2
(b?kbk + bkb?k)
This can easily be done by de�ning normalized variable
Bk =
√~
2mωkbk
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
36
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
Further, I want to de�ne real valued functions of time which would be proportional to real
and imaginary parts of bk which we soon identify as k-space generalize conjugate variables.
Hence, Let us write
Qk = α(bk + b?k)
Pk = β(bk − b?k)
Which can be inverted as
bk =1
2(Qk
α+Pkβ
) (21)
b?k =1
2(Qk
α− Pk
β) (22)
Hence classical Hamiltonian can be written as
H =∑k
~ωk4
(Q2k
α2− P 2
k
β2)
Now remember that in last section we had identi�ed complex valued positive energy oscil-
lation amplitude BkasAk
2exp(−iωkt + iφk) so that it include information but real valued
amplitude Ak, initial phase φk and time evolution. Hence we can quickly write
Qk = α
√2mωk
~Ak cos(ωkt− φk)
and
Pk = −iβ√
2mωk~
Ak sin(ωkt− φk)
Note that Pk and Qk are not the real space momenta and co-ordinates. Rather
they are real and imaginary part of complex valued mode oscillation amplitude.
Now I want to claim that variables Qk and Pk can be treated as generalized conjugate
variables. This can easily be ensured by checking if these variables satisfy the Hamilton's
equations of motion or not. We can adjust the values of αand β to make sure they do.
Hamilton's equations require that
− ∂H∂Qk
= −~ωk2α2
Qk = Pk =−Qkβωki
α
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
37
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
and∂H
∂Pk= −~ωk
2β2Pk = Qk = −Pkαωk
−iβHence we get two conditions
~2α
= iβ
~2β
= iα
Both of which are equivalent to
2αβ = −i~ (23)
This condition can easily be satis�ed and hence we can treat Qk and Pk as generalized con-
jugate variables. Now we can do Dirac quantization in these generalized k-space variables
by enforcing standard
[Qk, Pl] = i~δk,l
[Qk, Ql] = 0
[Pk, Pl] = 0
One should notice how one quantization rule automatically and logically gets replaced by
three in coupled oscillator case � simply because now we have a multi-mode problem at
hand. Again note that these are NOT local Cartesian co-ordinates and momenta. Such
a quantization is scheme is usually known as �quantization in k space� or simply the
normal-mode-quantization.
Through expressions 21 and 22 we can see that as a result of quantization the time
dependent classical mode amplitudes bk and b?k get converted to time independent operator
bkand bk, in Schrodinger's picture. Using 21 and 22 and the enforced commutation between
generalized co-ordinates one can easily check that
[bk, b†k] = − [Qk, Pk]
2αβ= − i~
2αβ
If we want to make sure that [bk, b†k] = 1 then we need to enforce
2αβ = −i~ (24)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
38
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
It turns out that both 23 and 24 are same. Hence, we can choose one of the two parameters
α and β arbitrarily and everything would still be self consistent. Typically one chooses to
additional condition from dimensional considerations. One may want to make sure that
dimension of Pk is same same dimension Qk times that of mωk (hence, β/α ∝ mω13). Let
us choose (so that expression matches with single oscillator case)
β = −i√mωk~
2(25)
and hence
α =
√~
2mωk(26)
For future convenience, let us write down complete transformations
bk =
√2mωk
~(Qk
2+ i
Pk2mω
) (27)
b?k =
√2mωk
~(Qk
2− i Pk
2mω) (28)
and inverse transformations would be
Qk =
√~
2mωk(bk + b?k) (29)
Pk = −i√mωk~
2(bk − b?k) (30)
So it turns out that even if we do quantization in k-space these operators bkand b†kstill obey the same ETCR boson commutation relations that we obtain in last section.
Hamiltonian also can be written by same expression in terms of these operators.
And hence one can see that real and imaginary parts of the complex-valued pos-
itive energy �eld amplitude of each classical normal mode obeys a single decou-
pled harmonic oscillator Schrodinger's equation. So in these transformed co-ordinates
the ground state would be simply be the properly symmetrized direct product of various
kets representing the ground states on various classical normal modes. The ket corre-
sponding to the ground state of any one of the classical normal mode would be
Gaussian function in �eld amplitudes |Ψk(Q′k)〉 = 1
π4 exp(−Q′2k /2). Note that this is
a wavefunction associated with a �eld mode. The next higher states for any of the
13Remember that we are working with generalized co-ordinates, so this is not necessary as such.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
39
4.3 Quantization in k - Space
classical normal modes can be build up using raising and lowering operators and would turn
out to be Hermite polynomials. Any general state would be properly symmetrized direct
product of such Hermite polynomials attached with all the classical normal modes. The �eld
operators operate on such a state.
The entire quantum theory of single harmonic oscillator works now for each of the normal
modes. bk†and bk can easily be shown to be creation and annihilation operators respectively
just as we did for a single harmonic oscillator in previous section.
4.3.1 Mnemonics
Here are some memory tricks to quickly write quantized expressions for much more general
problem
• Hamiltonian would always be written as H = ~ω(b†b+ 12)
• Conjugate operators q and p are in general de�ned as q = α(b+ b†) and p = β(b− b†),with [b, b†] = 1 (opposite to normal order)
• Coe�cients α and β are determined by enforcing the commutation [q, p] = i~ and the
Hamilton's equation (in classical analogues ∂H∂p
= q and ∂H∂q
= −p)
� First condition would always lead to a constraint 2αβ = −i~
� Second condition is where quantization becomes problem dependent
∗ We would �rst expand real valued dynamic variables as superposition of all
complex valued solutions
∗ Time dependent coe�cients of expansions (including everything except space
dependence, if any) would be written as B and B?
∗ In order to write Hamiltonian as above, we would de�ne new normalized
variables b and b?
∗ Then de�ne q and p as indicated above, use 2αβ = −i~
∗ Write Hamiltonian in terms of q and p
∗ Find time dependence of q and p using time dependence of b and b?
∗ Determine second coe�cient by making sure that classical Hamilton's equa-
tions are satis�ed
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
40
4.4 Alternative Interpretation � Phonons
4.4 Alternative Interpretation � Phonons
One should now be able to see how QFT language starts making more and more sense. There
are many normal modes. And each mode can go in many di�erent quantum states. We call
that the energy of each of normal �eld modes can be increased in quanta named as phonons.
Each quantum state of any normal mode is represented by a �eld-wavefunction which in
this case are simply the Hermite polynomials just like for a single harmonic oscillator. These
�eld-wavefunctions are functions of �eld oscillation amplitude and represents the uncertainty
in �eld oscillation amplitudes.
One should also notice that QFT (and in this case even standard QM) predicts completely
non-classical states of coherent elastic waves. Closest quantum mechanics can go to coherent
classical elastic wave is only when the �eld oscillation amplitude uncertainty is small and
remains constant as system evolves in time. This would happen only if we put each normal
mode in a quantum state which is linear superposition of states with di�erent number of
quanta in one normal mode such that the expansion coe�cients are Poisonian distributed.
Any other distribution represents a highly non-classical wave.
Second important point is about co-ordinate operators. Note speci�cally that ql does
NOT represent the Cartesian co-ordinate operator of a phonon. That probably
would be represented by some hypothetical operator corresponding to index
number l! Such operator does not exist in QFT! So, I strongly recommend that one
should try to come out of this way of looking at things. One should forget that Cartesian
co-ordinates of QFT particles (that is something equivalent to site index l) can
be operators. In QFT Cartesian co-ordinates of elementary excitations (QFT
particles) are treated as parameters just like time. In QFT its not conventional
to ask a question like � �what is the Cartesian co-ordinate operator for a phonon?�
� since QFT is not written in this language. In fact this is completely in-sync with
relativity as it is required that both time and co-ordinate needs to be treated on equal
footings.
Another important point one should notice is that concept of �eld quantization or concept
of �quasi-particles� can not be generalized to any random problem. Looking at single
harmonic oscillator problem, one might get an impression (this would become more clear
when we quantize Schrodinger's �eld in any random quantum well, say a non-parabolic one)
that one can simply calculate the energy eigen states using Schrodinger's equation and then
start �lling it up one by one and hence once can de�ne creation and annihilation operators.
Remember that entire QFT stands on the concept of identical particles. For example if
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
41
5: More About Phonons
our simple harmonic oscillator had a non-linear restoring force then the energy eigen states
would not be equally spaced and one would not be able to set up a QFT in such a simple
form (in terms of identical phonons) � one would need to introduce the concept of phonon-
phonon interaction and even the concept of phonon would be practically useful only when
phonon-phonon interaction is not two big (so that a concept of quasi-particle has some sort
of experimental validity).
5 More About Phonons
5.1 Energy Continuity Equation
As an interesting example, let us try to write the continuity equation for the �ow of energy
as lattice vibration moves. We would work out details in classical domain as extension into
quantum domain is very straight forward does not provide insight into concept of group
velocity. ∫S
~j(~r, t)d~s = −∂u(t)
∂t
Where u(t) is the total energy inside volume enclosed V by the surface S. Noticing that
Bk =Ak2
exp(iφk) exp(−iωkt)
one can immediately see that the total energy inside in�nitely large volume is constant with
time as expected∂
∂tu(t) =
∂
∂t
∑k
2mω2kB∗kBk = 0
Hence, our major headache is to calculate energy inside �nite volume.
Let us consider a volume that has n unit cells and n atoms starting from index l = α
to index l = α + n. Potential energy between �rst atom and the preceding atom would be
shared half-half and similarly the potential energy between last atom and the following atom
would be shared half-half14. Hence the kinetic energy would be
uKE(t) =n∑l=α
p2l
2m
14Half-half splitting might seem arbitrary at �rst. One would expect that if we add up potential energyof neighboring sub unit we should get the total energy of super-unit. One can check that this additivity isensured only if energy is split half-half. Check L. M. Magid, Phys. Rev. 134, A158 (1964) for details.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
42
5.1 Energy Continuity Equation
and the potential energy can be written as
uPE(t) =1
4K(qα − qα−1)2 +
1
4K(qα+n+1 − qα+n)2 +
1
2K
α+n−1∑l=α
(ql+1 − ql)2
Hence∂uKE(t)
∂t=
n∑l=α
plplm
=α+n∑l=α
K
m{pl(ql+1 − ql)− pl(ql − ql−1)}
and
∂uPE(t)
∂t=
K
2m(qα − qα−1)(pα − pα−1)
+K
2m(qα+n−1 − qα+n)(pα+n−1 − pα+n)
+K
m
α+n−1∑l=α
(ql+1 − ql)(pl+1 − pl)
Hence,
∂u(t)
∂t=K
mpα+n(qα+n+1 − qα+n)− K
mpα(qα − qα−1)
+K
2m(qα − qα−1)(pα − pα−1)
+K
2m(qα+n−1 − qα+n)(pα+n−1 − pα+n)
A simple solution can be obtained for ~j if we send n to ∞. Doing so one gets a simple
expression∂u(t)
∂t= − K
2m(qα − qα−1)pα−1
It is interesting to note that only boundary atoms play role in energy �owing into the
volume, as expected. When all interacting atoms are inside the volume then they do not
contribute to the energy �ow into the volume. Now, we can easily check that
〈qαpβ〉t = 0 ∀α = β
〈qαpβ〉t = −∑k
mωkA2k
2Nsin(ka) ∀β = α− 1
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
43
5.1 Energy Continuity Equation
Hence
〈j〉t = −〈∂u(t)
∂t〉t =
K
4N
∑k
ωkA2k sin(ka)
〈j〉t =K
2mN
∑k
〈uk〉sin(ka)
ωk
At this point, let us �rst �nd out the dispersion relation, by substituting the plane wave
expansion solutions back into the equation of motions∑k
−mω2kAk cos(kla− ωkt− φk) =
∑k
{2KAk cos(kla− ωkt− φk) cos(ka)
− 2KAk cos(kla− ωkt− φk)}
−mω2k + 2K − 2K cos(ka) = 0
ωk = 2
√K
msin(ka/2) (31)
Hence, group velocity can be written as
vg(k) =
√K
ma cos(ka/2)
Hence one can write
〈j〉t =
√K
m
1
4N
∑k
〈uk〉tsin(ka)
sin(ka/2)
〈j〉t =1
2N
√K
m
∑k
〈uk〉t cos(ka/2)
〈j〉t =1
2Na
∑k
〈uk〉tvg(k)
A factor of 2 seems to be mistaken. This is a very general result with much wider validity15.
It shows that each mode carries energy with group velocity not the phase velocity.
15See L. M. Magid, Phys. Rev. 134, A158 (1964) for generalization for 3D lattices.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
44
5.2 Dispersion and Causality for Phonons
5.2 Dispersion and Causality for Phonons
We would discuss phonons in just a minute. Let us �rst take a small diversion and look
into dispersion in electromagnetism with which we are more familiar. We have seen that,
in classical electromagnetism of homogeneous materials, dispersion in ω-k space (other than
linear dispersion) always come with material absorption. This is related to causality. In
classical electromagnetism of homogeneous materials, dispersion in ω-k space originates due
to frequency dependent susceptibility χ = χ(ω) (and hence frequency dependent refractive
index). Frequency dependent susceptibility implies that, in time domain, electric displace-
ment (or electric polarization) and electric �eld do not have a temporally local relation.
From fundamental point of view this happens because electromagnetic �elds are interacting
with massive particles which can not respond at speed of light. Let us �rst discuss a simple
case. For example assume a spatially-uniform time-varying16 electric �eld applied across a
homogeneous material medium. Let us make the time variation really simple to begin with.
A uniform �eld switches on instantaneously across entire sample at t = 0 and maintains a
constant value after that. Electric �eld applies an instantaneous force on the electron cloud
of the atoms and start polarizing them. Since electrons are massive particles they can not
achieve steady state (static) displacement (i.e. polarization) instantaneously. They would
obey Newtonian equation of motion17 and would take �nite time to reach the steady state or
static value18. This tells us that there is no temporally-local correlation between electric �eld
16Here we are ignoring relativistic e�ect for keeping the discussion simple without missing the essentialphysics we want to discuss.
17Or the Schrodinger's equation of motion. Essential physics that we want to discuss remains the same.18Electron cloud might even show some oscillations. If system is damped then oscillation would disappear.
If system is not damped then oscillations would continue. No matter whether we assume damping or not,result that we want to discuss remains the same. That is the polarization at any instance of time dependson the values of electric �eld at previous instance of times as well.To be realistic and for sensible visualization of actual physical events happening, we should include some
amount of damping in the system. If we do not include damping then the response to step-function excitationwould be sinusoidal oscillations and system would never come to equilibrium which is very unrealistic.Similarly for sinusoidal excitation of an undamped system, amplitude of oscillation would shoot to in�nityif frequency of oscillation is equal to natural frequency of excitation. We would actually prove that sinceevery realistic material system is dispersive, it has to have damping as well. Note that this proof does notnecessarily assume existence of damping. All it assumes is that �elds are interacting with massive particlesthat take same time to respond. Damping is introduced only for sensible visualization of what actuallyhappens in reality.It is sometimes instructive to model electron clouds as simple harmonic oscillators. Note that a simple
harmonic oscillator violates causality if damping is not included. Think of a simple system in which twomasses are connected by a spring of �nite length. If we instantaneously move one mass, that second massfeels a modi�ed force instantaneously. Since length of spring is �nite, this implies that information has�own at in�nite speed. Every realistic simple harmonic oscillator would show broadening in the resonance
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
45
5.2 Dispersion and Causality for Phonons
and polarization. Polarization at �xed space-point at any instance of time would depend on
the electric �eld at all previous instances of time at same spatial location. We can extend this
argument with sinusoidal time variation of spatially uniform electric �eld. In steady state
electron clouds would oscillate in-sync with the external electric �eld. But its amplitude
of oscillation would depend on the external frequency. If the frequency is close to natural
frequency of oscillation of electron cloud then amplitude of oscillations would be very large.
Otherwise they oscillate with very small amplitude19. So this justify our previous claim that
frequency dependent material parameters are actually related to the fact the electromagnetic
�elds are interacting with massive particles and hence time correlation between the two are
not temporally local.
In previous section 5.1 we obtained a dispersion relation for phonons in 1D chain of linear
harmonic oscillators. Does this dispersion imply looses? Does causality play a role here?
Does causality dictates that dispersion would imply losses? Answer is no. This dispersion
is equivalent to the dispersion seen in loss-less photonic crystals for example. This is struc-
ture dispersion and not the dispersion originating from underlying interaction. Free �eld of
phonons does not have any loses. Loses come when one type of �eld interacts with another
type of �eld. Note that in the derivation of dispersion relation for phonons we assumed a
force relation of the type F = kx where k is time-independent spring constant. This means
that stress and strain at the same spatial location have temporally local correlation. This is
approximately correct in most materials but may not be fundamentally correct physics. For
example visco-elastic materials do show time dependent relationship between stress and
strain. In actual material system restoring force originates from electromagnetic interaction
between atoms. If we instantaneously displace one atom, how much restoring force does the
neighboring atom apply? It depends on what kind of interaction we are taking about. If
we are looking at ionic crystals, it might be almost instantaneous application of Coulombic
restoring force. But what if restoring force is mediated through electron clouds. In that case
restoring force would take some time to reach a steady state value. Hence spring constant
frequency and this would in turn be related to losses though causality relations.19Even for an unrealistic undamped oscillator, amplitude is not zero o�-resonance. Although relative
amplitude (compared to the amplitude at resonance) becomes zero. Amplitude of oscillation for an oscillatorthat follows classical equation
mx+ bx+ kx = F exp(jωt)
is
A =F
k −mω2 + iωb=
F/m
ω20 − ω2 + iωb/m
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
46
6: Continuum - Quantization of Elastic Waves in Continuous Media
would be a function of time or in other words would be frequency dependent. Hence force
equation needs to be modi�ed like x(t) =∫∞
0g(τ)F (t − τ)dτ where g = 1/k. Such a fre-
quency dependent spring constant would change the dispersion relation and this additional
dispersion can then be related to losses in material through causality type relations.
6 Continuum - Quantization of Elastic Waves in Contin-
uous Media
Suppose the atomic sites come in�nitesimally close and become continuum. Results have in-
tuitive extensions. Probability amplitudes and probabilities both become density functions.
Equation of motion simply use Lagrangian and Hamiltonian density functions. So basically,
instead of having one classical Hamilton equation or one Heisenberg equation
for each spatial co-ordinate we would have operators which are functions of spa-
tial co-ordinates. Similarly all other operators would actually become operator
density. Now again its much more easier to solve the problem by co-ordinate
transformation so that equation at one generalized co-ordinate is independent of
equations at other points. Even the eigen mode/normal modes would be in�nite
and in�nitesimally closely spaced and hence �eld operators would also be oper-
ator densities. Secondly the commutators would become double integrals and Kronecker
deltas would become Dirac-delta functions.
One important point change is that the dynamical variables like local Lagrangian density
L would now be the function of local co-ordinates, time-derivatives of local co-ordinates,
time, as well as local space-derivative of all orders of local co-ordinates. This is needed
to develop the notion of local Lagrange densities and local �eld theories. Note that the
Lagrange's equation then becomes :-
∂
∂t(∂L
∂Ψi
) =∂L
∂Ψi
−∑x,y,z
∂
∂x(∂L
∂ ∂Ψi
∂x
)
and one of the two Hamilton equations (for each �eld) also get modi�ed according to
∂Πi
∂t= − ∂H
∂Ψi
+∑x,y,z
∂
∂x(∂H
∂ ∂Ψi
∂x
)
Everything else follows exactly as above.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
47
Part IV
QFT As a Convenient Language for
Known Physics
7 Introduction
In this section I would only talk about massive non-relativistic particles (like electrons in
crystals). We start with all knowledge about particles physics. For example, in the case
of electrons, we are assuming that we know apriori that they are identical fermions with
spin of 1/2. We also know that they are charged particles with charge e and that they
obey Schrodinger's equation. Once this much of information is known we can actually build
entire subject of QFT without any assumptions. Actually it turns out that QFT now merely
serves a purpose of convenient language. Fundamental utility of QFT is to �prove� (or at
least rationalize) these properties of particles that we have assumed are known apriori. Also
QFT helps combining relativity with quantum mechanics. But for non-relativistic physics
of particles whose basic physics is assumed to be known, QFT is just a new language. This
is the point that I want to expand on in this section.
Even though, in this section, I would only talk about massive non-relativistic particles,
concepts discussed here can easily be extended to relativistic particles as well as to massless
particles like photons (obviously, if we assume that particle characteristics are known apriori).
Only modi�cation one would have to do with respect is to include both positive energy
and negative energy parts (Hermitian conjugates) in various expressions. In non-relativistic
physics classical equation of motion is only �rst order (which is related to the fact that
there are no anti-particles) hence we do not need to include these negative energy terms (or
Hermitian conjugate terms). These would get clear as we discuss this further.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
48
8: Identical Particle Hilbert Space Representations
8 Identical Particle Hilbert Space Representations
Non-relativistic QFT of identical massive particles can be �completely�20 understood if we try
to understand the properties and representation of identical particle Hilbert spaces without
any further postulates. Relativistic case gives some troubles because a particle can not
exist without it's anti-particle21. Moreover ground state consists of in�nite many of anti-
particles. Once these things are understood, it's actually possible to build the Hilbert space
representations in relativistic case and to understand the relativistic QFT �completely� from
there on. One should keep in mind that this is no magic! QFT is in fact developed to
understand these complications with anti-particles, ground states, spin statistics theorem etc.
Once you take these as postulates, obviously everything else is just symbols and notations
and no new physics. So its obvious that with these things taken as proved one can understand
the structure of QFT simply by understanding the structure of Hilbert space.
With this motivation, lets explore the identical particle state and operator representations
in some depth. We would only look into non-relativistic case. Relativistic case would be
discussed latter.
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
8.1.1 Number State Representation
In basic quantum mechanics, multi-particle Hilbert space is postulated to be the direct
product of single particle Hilbert Spaces. Further, the fact, that identical multi-particle
state space is either a Bosonic subspace (for integer spin particles) or Fermionic subspace
(for half-integer spin particles) of the entire direct product of all single particle spaces, is
treated as one of the basic postulates of non-relativistic quantum theory (see the article on
Quantum Mechanics).
The multi-particle state space can be generated/spanned from in�nitely many choices of
basis sets. One of the obvious choice is the direct product of the basis states that gener-
ate/span single particle state spaces for each of these particles. Most common one is the set
of direct products of single particle energy eigen states. Please note that this choice is
20�Completely� does not mean that we can understand the spin statistics theorem � why half integer spinparticles are Fermions and integer spin particles are Bosons needs to be taken as a postulate in the argumentsin this section.
21This is related to the fact that relativistic quantum mechanical single particle equations involve secondorder time derivatives unlike single particle Schrodinger's equation.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
49
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
perfectly valid irrespective of whether the particles interact with each other or
not. If they do interact then, for example, the direct product of energy eigen
states of single particles would not be an energy eigen state of the multi-particle
system. But it would still be a valid candidate as a basis state. This postulation
of multi-particle state space as direct product space would directly imply the additivity of
linear momentum, for example. And additivity of energy in case of non-interacting particles.
In case of identical particles, a somewhat simpler way of choosing the basis state might
be to choose occupation number (number of particles in single particle energy states or
maybe any other single particle basis state) as a quantum index. We call it occupation
number state representation. These multi-particle basis states are simply the states
with de�nite number of particles in any of the single particle basis state. We
would show in a minute that this latter scheme works only for identical particles � both
for Bosonic or Fermionic identical particles. These basis states are known as Fock states.
Any general identical multi-particle state can then be written as linear superposition of Fock
states. Fock states are the so called natural basis of Hilbert space of identical particles.
The Hilbert space of identical particles (technically unknown number of them) that is the
symmetric or anti-symmetric subspace of the entire direct product Hilbert space is known
as Fock space.
For the time being assume that particles are not forced to be bosons or fermions. We
would show that this scheme does not work unless particles are fermions or bosons or unless
particles are forced to be in some other kind of symmetric subspace of direct-product space.
Let us choose the single particle energy eigen states as the basis of single particle Hilbert
space. We can decide to symbolically write a generic single particle state
|Ψ〉 =∑m
cm|ΨEm〉
as ∑m
cm|01, 02, ...., 1m, 0m+1, ....0∞〉
Similarly, we might try to write a generic two particle state (which is not required to be
symmetric or anti-symmetric state)
|Ψ〉 =∑i
∑j
cij(|ΨEi〉 ∗ |ΨEj
〉)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
50
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
as ∑i
∑j
ci,j|01, 02, ....1i, 0i+1, .....1j, 0j+1, ......0∞〉
Here symbol ∗ stands for direct product22. Similarly we might develop notations for many-
particle states. If identical particles are not forced to be either bosons or fermions then what
we are claiming here is that symbolically
|01, 02, ....1i, 0i+1, .....1j, 0j+1, ......0∞〉 ≡ |ΨEi(r1)〉 ∗ |ΨEj
(r2)〉
where r1 is a variable that keeps track of the co-ordinate of the distinguishable particle
labeled as '1' and r2 keeps track of the co-ordinate of another distinguishable particle labeled
as '2'. Note that the number state representation is not complete and is confusing when
particles are not forced to be either boson or fermion. For example how would you distinguish
between|ΨEi(r1)〉 ∗ |ΨEj
(r2)〉 and |ΨEi(r2)〉 ∗ |ΨEj
(r1)〉? One might try to introduce another
labeling scheme to keep track of particle labels. For example one might be inclined to try
|01, 02, ....11i , 0i+1, .....1
2j , 0j+1, ......0∞〉 for above mentioned state. But, as we are going to see,
even this can not be done. For example a valid two particle state
(c1|ΨE1(r1)〉+ c2|ΨE2(r1)〉) ∗ (c3|ΨE1(r2)〉+ c4|ΨE2(r2)〉)
can not be written in terms of number states unless coe�cients are inter-related. Here
particle '1' is in some superposition and particle '2' is also in some other superposition.
Since in both Fermionic and Bosonic sub-spaces of multi-particle Hilbert space such a co-
relation between coe�cients exists, we can use such a representation for identical particle
systems. I hope that by this time reader is convinced that Fock states can only be used as
basis for identical particles.
There are several of visualization bene�ts with number state representation
:-
• Firstly, common processes that we want to study (like optical absorption emission etc)
are non-particle-number-conserving. Number state representation handles this pretty
nicely as we would see below.
• When we would write down the operators in this representation, we would see that
22When it is not imperative to stress the special presence of a direct product we sometime also use thenotation |ΨEi〉|ΨEj 〉 to represent direct product.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
51
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
it hides a lot of details about the actual force laws that particles are obeying. For
example, irrespective of whether a charged fermion is in electrostatic potential or a
fermion with permanent magnetic dipole is in magnetic �eld, the operators and their
operations on states look exactly the same. The actual details are dumped into the
single particle states over which number state representation is built. So even if you
don't know the exact states you can build an overall theoretical structure.
8.1.2 Basis Conversion
Suppose number state representation of certain generic identical multi-particle state is given.
So the state is given as a linear superposition of Fock states. Fock states are built on top
of certain basis of single particle Hilbert space. For example we might have chosen single
particle energy eigen states as the basis for the single particle Hilbert space and build our
number state representation on top of it. What if I want to change this underlying basis
of the single particle Hilbert space? This would also change the Fock states and hence
the number state representation of the given multi-particle state. We want to �gure out a
formal way of doing this basis change. After a bit of formalism, it would turn out to be
very simple and very useful. We would see that concept of �eld operators (so called
wavefunction operators) fall o� very naturally if try to under this concept of
basis conversion. Similarly we would also learn how any multi-particle operator written in
r-representation can be written in terms of �eld operators (creation annihilation operators
for example).
If the particles are fermions then two identical particles can only occupy an anti-symmetric
subspace of the entire direct product of single particle Hilbert spaces. In this two particle
subspace, any Fock state (that is fermion basis state) can be written a so called Slater
determinant with multiplication of state vectors being interpreted as a direct
product of state vectors. Hence any generic state 2-fermion state can simply be written
as :- ∑i
∑j
cij
∣∣∣∣∣ |1,ΨEi〉 |2,ΨEi
〉|1,ΨEj
〉 |2,ΨEj〉
∣∣∣∣∣ (32)
where |1,ΨEi〉 means particle 1 is in single particle state |ΨEi
〉. And hence a set of following
states
|01, 02, ....1i, 0i+1, .....1j, 0j+1, ......0∞〉 ≡
∣∣∣∣∣ |1,ΨEi〉 |2,ΨEi
〉|1,ΨEj
〉 |2,ΨEj〉
∣∣∣∣∣Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
52
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
can be taken as the two particle Fermionic basis states. Statement can easily be generalized
for multiple particles.
Similarly a generic two particle Boson state would be written as
∑i
∑j
cij1√2
∑P
P [|1,ΨEi〉|2,ΨEj
〉] (33)
where P is a linear operator that generates√
2! permutations by exchanging particles among
�xed single particle states. i and j can take all values from 1 to N where N is the number
of single particle states available. Note that√
2! is correct only when i and j are di�erent.
One can easily �gure out a normalization constant when i = j. And hence
|01, 02, ....1i, 0i+1, .....1j, 0j+1, ......0N〉 =1√2
∑P
P [|1,ΨEi〉|2,ΨEj
〉]
are the two particle Bosonic basis states. Statement can easily be generalized for multiple
particles.
8.1.2.1 Co-ordinate Representation to Number State Representation Our �rst
aim is to obtain a number state representation if a completely antisymmetric or symmetric
|r〉 representation of a multi-particle state is given. Suppose φi's are the wavefunctions of thesingle particle basis states. Let us be speci�c and work out the details for two fermions case
�rst. Analogous results can be worked out for Bosons case. Discussion also generalizes to
multi-Boson and multi-Fermion cases. If the wavefunction of a two identical fermion particle
state is given as
Ψ = c1(φ1(r1)φ2(r2)− φ2(r1)φ1(r2)}+ c2(φ3(r1)φ4(r2)− φ4(r1)φ3(r2))
then one can see that this state can be equivalently represented as
c1|11, 12, ....0i, 0i+1, .....0j, 0j+1, ......0N〉+ c2|01, 02, 13, 14, ....0i, 0i+1, .....0j, 0j+1, ......0N〉
But how do we do it more formally so that this is possible for more di�cult cases which are
not that easy to see? The ket representation of the above state in |r1〉 ∗ |r2〉 ≡ |r1〉|r2〉 basis
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
53
8.1 Fock Space and Fock States
would be
|Ψ〉 =∑r1,r2
(c1(φ1(r1)φ2(r2)− φ2(r1)φ1(r2)) + c2(φ3(r1)φ4(r2)− φ4(r1)φ3(r2)))|r1〉|r2〉
Even though this basis is capable of spanning entire direct product space, the coe�cients
are such that the particles stay only in Fermionic subspace. We now use the normal linear
algebra trick to change the basis. Following operator when operated over the wavefunction
of the state gives the ket representation of the state in new basis (change from |r1〉|r2〉 →|φm(r1)〉|φn(r2)〉 basis):-
∑m,n
|φm(r1)〉|φn(r2)〉∫dr1dr2{(φ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)...}
Note that above expression is an operator. The wavefunction of the state on which it operates
goes inside the integrand on the right hand side. This gives us the representation in terms
of some new basis states |φm(r1)〉|φn(r2)〉. But we actually want the representation in terms
of number states. This is straight forward now. Following is the required operator :-
∑m,n>m
|....0i, 0i+1, 1m...., 1n.....0N〉∫dr1dr2{(φ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)− φ∗n(r1)φ∗m(r2))...} (34)
Note that it works properly when you know apriori that particles are for sure Fermions
and wavefunction is properly antisymmetric. Otherwise we have seen that in the complete
direct-product space this number state representation does not make any sense and these
can not span the entire space. We can also write the same operator as :-
∑m,n>m
|....0i, 0i+1, 1m...., 1n.....0N〉∫dr1dr2{φ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)...} (35)
8.1.2.2 Number State Representation to Co-ordinate Representation Using
similar linear algebra concepts we can also do the inverse transformation. The inverse
transformation is obtained as :-∑m,n>m
(φm(r1)φn(r2)− φn(r1)φm(r2))〈....0i, 0i+1, 1m...., 1n.....0N | (36)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
54
8.2 Operators in Fock Space
8.1.2.3 General Basis Transformation Using these one can easily do a general basis
transformations of underlying single particle basis set. Using 36 to go to r representation
then do usual basis conversion and then use 35 to get new number state representation.
8.2 Operators in Fock Space
Suppose we are given some operator in r representation A(r1, r2) that operates on two particle
Hilbert space. Let this operator correspond to some physically measurable property of two
identical particle system. Hence, as argued before this operator needs to be symmetrical
with respect to exchange of particles.
A(r1, r2) = A(r2, r1)
We want to know how this operator operates on a state given in number state representation.
E�ectively we want to �nd the equivalent representation of this operator in number state
representation. From above two transformation equations, we can also build a number
state representation of an operator A(r1, r2) given in |r1〉|r2〉 basis as∑m,n>m
|....1m...., 1n.....〉∫dr1dr2(φ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)− φ∗n(r1)φ∗m(r2))A(r1, r2)∑
i,j>i
(φi(r1)φj(r2)− φi(r1)φj(r2))〈...., 1i...., 1j.....|
Now we know that the operation of any symmetric linear operator A(r1, r2) on any antisym-
metric state leaves the �nal sate antisymmetric. So we can remove the second antisymmetric
parts from the above expression :-
∑m,n>m
|....1m...., 1n.....〉∫dr1dr2φ
∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)A(r1, r2)
∑i,j>i
φi(r1)φj(r2)〈...., 1i...., 1j.....|
The same operator can also be written as∫dr1dr2(
1√2
)∑m,n
|....1m...., 1n.....〉φ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2)A(r1, r2)(1√2
)∑i,j
φi(r1)φj(r2)〈...., 1i...., 1j.....|
(37)
in order to remove the double counting. Note that we do not need factor of 4 as someone
might think without looking too deeply. We have divided the factor of two into two parts
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
55
8.3 Ground State or Vacuum
just for symmetry purposes. We have also changed the order of integration and summation.
The process works (except factor of 2 needs to be replaced by factor of N !) for any number
of particles.
These result for are exactly same for both bosons and fermions. The di�erence stays
in the meaning of number states and latter we would bury the di�erence into cre-
ation and annihilation operators that would be used to generate number states.
8.3 Ground State or Vacuum
De�nition, identi�cation and proof of existence of ground state is actually a very tricky part
of the QFT. Things are somewhat simpler at least in free particle non relativistic theories.
We claim that there exist a unique and non-degenerate lowest energy state. We further claim
that this is the state in which there are no particles in the system. We would represent this
state as |0〉. As we build the theory more rigorously, we would discuss in details the issues
with the existence of a ground state in QFT.
8.4 Creation and Annihilation Operators
One can �rst intuitively de�ne creation a†j and annihilation aj operators for fermions giving
them the properties that their names suggest23. By explicitly operating24 these operators
on multiparticle basis states (Fock states), one can then easily prove the anticommutation
23These operators, by de�nition, would operate on any multiparticle basis state (that is Fock state) andthe resultant new state would be another Fock state (that is another basis state) that would either have oneadditional particle or one less particle multiplied by a coe�cient that can only be � +1, −1 or 0. 0 wouldresult when we try to annihilate a particle in an initially empty state. ±1 originates because of state orderingconvention. There are some book-keeping details involved in maintaining the order of states. One needs todecide a convention for ordering the states in the Slater determinant. For example one can decide that lowestenergy single-particle state |E1〉 would form the �rst column and �rst row and this would increase as wechange column and rows. One also needs a second convention regarding creation operators. We can decidethat when we create an operator the new row and new column would go at the end � that is the additionalrow would be last row and additional column would be the last column. Now to obtain the correct operationof a creation operator one needs to combine these two convention. Suppose creation operators creates afermion in states |E3〉. Suppose there was already a particle is |E2〉and another in |E4〉. One �rst adds a rowand a column at end and then �ip the rows and column until one gets the new state in proper ordering asdictated by the �rst convention. So one would get a ± as a result of the operation of the creation operatorand chosen conventions. Note that this arbitrary factor does not a�ect any physics because creation andannihilation operators are not Hermitian operators and they do not represent anything physical. In practiceannihilation and creation operators would always come in pair and this arbitrary factor would cancel o�.
24One does not need explicit construction of these operators. All we need is their de�ning character(annihilation/character) and the book-keeping convention discussed above.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
56
8.5 The Wavefunction Operators or The Field Operators
relations among them utilizing their pre-assumed Fermionic behavior
{a†j, a†k} = a†ja
†k + a†ka
†j = 0 (38)
{aj, ak} = ajak + akaj = 0
{a†j, ak} = a†jak + aka†j = δjk
Note that these anticommutation rules completely and uniquely de�ne the Fermionic
subspace of the direct product of single identical particle spaces. Hence one can
treat these as completely equivalent statement of anti-symmetrization postulate
of quantum mechanics.
Similarly for bosons, one can �rst intuitively de�ne creation b†j and annihilation bj op-
erators giving them the properties that their names suggest. One can then easily prove the
commutation relations among them utilizing their pre-assumed Bosonic behavior
[b†j, b†k] = b†jb
†k − b
†kb†j = 0 (39)
[bj, bk] = bjbk − bkbj = 0
[bk, b†j] = bkb
†j − b
†jbk = δjk
Note that these commutation rules completely and uniquely de�ne the Bosonic
subspace of the direct product of single identical particle spaces. Hence one can
treat these as completely equivalent statement of symmetrization postulate of
Quantum Mechanics.
8.5 The Wavefunction Operators or The Field Operators
As we would see below, the above derivation (8.2) is the logic behind the de�nition and
usage of something called �wavefunction operators� or the ��eld operator�. One should �rst
note that
|0, 0, 1m, 0, 1n, 0, 0〉〈0, 0, 1i, 0, 1j, 0, 0| = a†ma†naiaj
This is self obvious. Readers can convince themselves of the equivalence by just looking at the
operation of both sides on some state given in number state representation. Let us de�ne
so called two particle annihilation (Ψ) and creation (Ψ†) wavefunction operators
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
57
8.5 The Wavefunction Operators or The Field Operators
respectively as :-
Ψ(r1, r2) ≡ (1√2
)∑i,j
aiajφi(r1)φj(r2) (40)
Ψ†(r1, r2) ≡ (1√2
)∑m,n
a†ma†nφ∗m(r1)φ∗n(r2) (41)
Exactly analogous de�nitions can be given for boson wavefunction operators by just replacing
fermion creation and annihilation operators inside summation by boson counterparts. These
de�nitions of wavefunction operators can easily be generalized for more numbers of parti-
cles. We simply include more number of operators and wavefunctions inside the summation,
increase the dimension of sums and replace 2 by N !.
Remember that these operators operate on ket/bra vectors and not on wavefunctions. As
we would see below, Ψ†(r1, r2) when operated on ground state |0〉would create two spatially-
well-localized particles � one in state |r1〉 and another on state |r2〉. Created states would
automatically have the required symmetry properties of Boson or Fermion states. Similarly
Ψ(r1, r2) when operated on any multi-particle state would annihilate two particles � one
from state |r1〉 and another from state |r2〉. If state is initially empty, result would be zero.
Similar statements can be made for wavefunction operator corresponding to larger number of
particles. Hence these wavefunction operators are simply basis converted versions
of annihilation and creation operators ai and a†i . While a†icreates particles in the
single particle states∑
j φi(rj)|rj〉, Ψ†(ri) create particles in the single particle state
|ri〉. It should be clear to the reader that |ri〉 are perfectly valid candidate for the basis of
single particle Hilbert space just like states represented by wavefunctions φi(r) are. Hence
one can build a number-state representation for the multi-identical-particle Hilbert space on
top of these single particle basis state |ri〉. When this is done, creation and annihilation
operators would turn out to be Ψ† and Ψ.
One more important point to be stressed is that many authors call (as do I, sometimes)
ai, a†i , Ψ(r) and Ψ†(r) as single particle operators because they annihilate or created single
particles. But remember that they do operate on multi-particle Hilbert spaces.
So in the strict sense of scienti�c terminology they are all multi-particle operators. Another
related and important point is that expressions like Ψ(r1)Ψ(r2) do NOT represent direct
product of operators. Instead they simply represent composition of multiplication of opera-
tors. In other words both operators operate in same multi-particle Hilbert space.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
58
8.6 Summary
Explicitly
Ψ(r1)Ψ(r2)(|r1〉 ∗ |r2〉 − |r2〉 ∗ |r1〉) 6= Ψ(r1)|r1〉 ∗ Ψ(r2)|r2〉 − Ψ(r1)|r2〉 ∗ Ψ(r2)|r1〉
where ∗ represents direct product.By exchanging the order of multiplication and summation, multi-particle wavefunction
operator can also be written as
Ψ(r1, r2, r3, ....) =1√N !
Ψ(r1)Ψ(r2)Ψ(r3)..... (42)
where
Ψ(rn) =∑i
aiφi(r1) (43)
Annihilation wavefunction operator is simply the Hermitian adjoint of this operator. With
this we can now write down the symmetric multi-particle operators (generalized version of
37) in number state representation for both fermions and bosons in much simpler fashion∫dr1dr2....Ψ
†(r1, r2, ...)A(r1, r2, ...)Ψ(r1, r2, ...) (44)
One should notice that we haven't postulated anything new. The de�nitions of these
wavefunction operators and their importance have just fallen out from the dif-
ferent way (number state representation) we started to represent the Fock space.
8.6 Summary
Lessons we want to learn from this whole exercise are:-
• Field quantization (concept of particles, creation/annihilation operators etc) can be un-
derstood without invoking any postulates provided we know before hand what kind of
particles (spin statistics, existence of anti-particles etc.) are we dealing with. When we
don't know this � we have to properly quantize a wave equation (second quantization).
• Process outlined here is correct for non-relativistic fermions and bosons that satisfy
Schrodinger's equation. It would not work for relativistic elementary particles (since
they coexist with anti-particles). But a similar derivation can be given once spin
statistics theorem as well co-existence of anti-particles are assumed. I would not try to
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
59
give such a derivation. Reason is that the formal procedure of �eld quantization leads
to both the concept of co-existence of anti-particles as well as all the expressions for
wavefunction operators, creation/annihilation operators etc. So a similar derivation
would not provide any new insight.
• Process outlined here would not work even for non-elementary particles (elementary
excitation in condensed matter physics for example) like phonons. Even for these we
need to include the negative energy solutions as we would see latter (equivalent to
inclusion of anti-particles). Although phonons are non-elementary particles and they
do not have anti-particles in strict sense, we still need to include negative energy parts
in our expressions. Reason for this mathematical similarity is the real-valued character
of elastic �elds as opposite to Schrodinger �elds that can be complex valued.
• This exercise is useful in pointing out what is new physics and what is old physics in
QFT. We would see that all this language of creation/annihilation operators etc, which
although seems new, falls out naturally from all the physics that we already know. So
this part does not contain any new physics in it. What is new in QFT are things like
existence of anti-particles, spin-statistics theorem etc. These would fall of naturally
(well ... almost naturally25!) when we take Schrodinger equation or Dirac equation as
a �classical� equation and quantize it. This canonical quantization of �eld equations
(or so called second quantization) is the new physics. And this is what would lead us
to the concepts of anti-particles, spin-statistics etc.
Part V
Non-Relativistic, Massive, Quantum
Field Theories ( QFT )
QM of non-relativistic massive particles is given by Schrodinger's equation. QFT for non-
relativistic massive particles can be very easily understood if we simply try to represent states
25In strict mathematical sense, enormous amount of new mathematical machinery is required to justifyvarious manipulations � like analytic continuation, Euclidean QFT, Gel-Mann Low theorem etc. etc. Ibelieve these things can be rigorously proved. I haven't explore too much into mathematical rigor of these.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
60
9: Non-relativistic, Massive, Fermionic Fields
and operators in number state representation pretending that they don't interact with each
other. The reason for this is that inter-particle interaction in QFT comes from inter-�eld
interaction. State space representation can be build without knowing the interaction. One
can use either Bosonic or Fermionic symmetrization of multi-particle space.
9 Non-relativistic, Massive, Fermionic Fields
Our aim is to build a non-relativistic version of QFT for fermions. This is basically a
multi-particle QFT equivalent of Schrodinger's quantum mechanics. A non-relativistic
fermion QFT does not need any more postulations beyond those included in the
Schrodinger's formulation. Al we need to do is to learn how to represent states
and operators in number state representation. This part of the job we have already
done in a previous section (8). We just need to learn how to use that scheme now. I would
�rst explain this scheme in next section. I would also give an alternative historical route,
which is more commonly found in text books, to this problem. This would discuss in a latter
section. Latter on we would compare the two routes.
Note that the Fermionic Hilbert space is a sub-space of full direct product of single particle
Hilbert spaces. And the number states can be used as basis to generate the Fermionic Hilbert
space. So when operators are written explicitly in number state representations
then they would only operate on Fermionic subspace unlike the |r〉 representationof the operator that can mathematically operate on entire direct product. So in
a sense the scheme for writing the operators in number state representation is essentially
equivalent to take the projection of operators on Fermionic subspace. These schemes are not
simple basis change or mathematically speaking these are NOT similarity transformation
of operators because we are putting restrictions on the space these operators can correctly
operate.
The main idea is to obtain a representation of various operators in terms of number
states because that allows us to think in terms of quanta. So we can pretend as if we are
working with classical physics like particles and entire wave-like physics is dumped into the
inter relationship between operators and hence selection rules etc.
There are two major schemes available in the literature to obtain the operators that
operate on multi-particle Fermionic Hilbert space. More common scheme available in most
text books is sometimes known as second quantization. What has been proposed is to
quantize the Schrodinger's equation exactly similar to the procedure followed in quantizing
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
61
9.1 First Scheme
Maxwell's wave equations as we would see below. This scheme sounds more like a
postulate. Whereas it is not supposed to be one. Since all the postulates are already
included in the Schrodinger's equation. The second scheme, which was �rst taught to me by
Prof. D. A. B. Miller26, is more enlightening as it clearly shows us that no more postulates are
needed in order to obtain the Fermionic operators in state space representation. Prof Miller
had introduce the concept of wavefunction-operators in semi-ad hoc fashion. On the other
hand I have already shown how to derive the concept of wavefunction operators rigorously
in section (8). In this section I would attempt to further justify the operators by showing
the complete equivalence of the operators in |r〉 and number state representations in the
sense that the give exactly same states when they operate on exactly same states from within
the Fermionic subspace of direct product space. Another important point is that, from the
very general derivation given in section (8), we can see that it works for Bosonic operators as
well. The reason is pretty simple. As we discussed in the previous section, the number space
representation is simply a projection of operators into smaller subspaces. The di�erence
between bosons and fermions is simply buried into the commutation relationship between
creation and annihilation operators.
On the other hand second quantization picture has its own bene�ts. What if
the quantum mechanical description of single particle physics is not known? For the case of
massive non-relativistic particles physics is known in terms of Schrodinger's equation � so
in this case there is no problem. But this may not be case in other areas of physics. For
example time evolution of a single photon is not known in quantum mechanics so there is
no point of being able to built a multi-particle number state representation of operators. In
such case second quantization proceeds by identifying canonical variables and quantizing a
classical wave equation. In such cases this procedure is known as �eld quantization rather
than second quantization but the procedure would be exactly same.
9.1 First Scheme
• One can �rst intuitively de�ne annihilation a†j and creation aj operators giving them
the properties that their names suggest. One can then easily prove the anticommu-
26In Applied Quantum Mechanics II (EE-223) at Stanford University, CA 94305.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
62
9.1 First Scheme
tation relations among them utilizing their pre-assumed Fermionic behavior
{a†j, a†k} = a†ja
†k + a†ka
†j = 0 (45)
{aj, ak} = ajak + akaj = 0
{a†j, ak} = a†jak + aka†j = δjk
Note that these anticommutation rules completely and uniquely de�ne
the Fermionic subspace of the direct product of single identical particle
spaces. Hence one can treat these as completely equivalent statement of
anti-symmetrization postulate of Quantum Mechanics.
• Secondly we de�ne a (annihilation) wavefunction operator from annihilation
operators as:-
Ψ =1√N !
∑a,b,c....
aaabac......Ψa(r1)Ψb(r2)Ψc(r3).... (46)
where N is the number of particles and a, b, c... are all the single particle energy eigen
states (if one chooses the number state representation using single particle energy eigen
states as the base). Note that we are multiplying the wavefunctions and not the kets.
� Hermitian conjugate of annihilation wavefunction operator is de�ned as creation
wavefunction operator. Remember that Hermitian conjugate �ips the order of
operators in a product
Ψ† =1√N !
∑a,b,c....
....acabaa....Ψ?c(r1)Ψ?
b(r2)Ψ?a(r3) (47)
� Noting that Ψ† = 1√N !
∑i,j,k.... ai
†aj†ak†......Ψ∗i (r1)Ψ∗j(r2)Ψ∗k(r3)...., ΨΨ† = −Ψ†Ψ
and hence multi-particle wavefunction operator satisfy the anticommu-
tation relation.
• Now comes the most important point. One can easily prove (8) that for any
operator A that operates on entire direct product space of single particle
spaces, following operator: ∫Ψ†AΨdr1dr2...
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
63
9.1 First Scheme
would be the �projection� of A on N identical Fermionic Hilbert space. By
projection what I mean is that this operator only operates on the Fermionic
subspace and gives exactly the same result as that given by A operating on
the same state. The rigorous prove follows from the previous section's (8)
arguments used to build operators in number state representation.
� In this section we would just give a trivial example to satisfy the readers that
what we are claiming is correct. One can easily verify this by testing it on any
generic state given as∑basis cbasis(SlaterDeterminat of order N)basis and with
noninteracting multi-particle Hamiltonian operator. Its easily veri�able for
two particles. The most generic state of two non interacting fermions can be
written as :-
|Ψ〉 =∑m,n
cmn
∣∣∣∣∣ |1,ΨEm(r1)〉 |2,ΨEn(r2)〉|1,ΨEm(r1)〉 |2,ΨEn(r2)〉
∣∣∣∣∣=
∑m,n
cmn(|ΨEm(r1)〉|ΨEn(r2)〉 − |ΨEn(r1)〉|ΨEm(r2)〉)
here multiplication should be read as direct product of kets. Also, if one so wishes,
one can also write it as∑m,n
cmn|01, 02, ....1m, 0m+1, ....1n, 0n+1......〉
Also usingDirac quantization rule for non-interacting multi-particles we would
have the |r〉 representation as :-
H =~2
2m∇2r1
+~2
2m∇2r1
+ V (r1) + V (r2)
If the chose basis states of the single particle space (that is states |ΨEn〉) are sameas the single particle energy eigen state then the operation of Hamiltonian on
most generic state can be written as :-∑m,n
cmn(En + Em)[|ΨEm(r1)〉|ΨEn(r2)〉 − |ΨEm(r1)〉|ΨEn(r2)〉]
On the other hand the wavefunction operator for two particle fermions is given
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
64
9.1 First Scheme
as :-
Ψ =1√2
∑m,n
amanΨm(r1)Ψn(r2)
So we are proposing that the projection of the H in r representation onto the two
particle fermionic sub-space in number state representation is :-
1
2
∑m,n
∑i,j
a†ma†naiaj
∫Ψ?m(r2)Ψ?
n(r1)H(r1, r2)Ψi(r1)Ψj(r2)dr1dr2
Which is same as
1
2
∑m,n
a†ma†nanamEn +
1
2
∑m,n
a†ma†nanamEm
First of these terms can be written as
T1 =1
2
∑m,n
a†ma†nanamEn
Now we use the fact that any two operators with same matrix elements are same.
So we only need to make sure that the operation of two operators on all basis
states (Fock states) give same result. This tells us that in above expression we
can enforce m 6= n without changing the way this operator operates on any Fock
state (basis state). This result is true only for fermions. This is because if m = n
in one of the terms in above summation then that term operated on any Fock
space gives zero. So we can as well drop that term altogether without a�ecting
the operation of this operator on any Fock state. Hence
T1 =1
2
∑m,n 6=m
a†ma†nanamEn
This has an important consequence that all creation operators anti-commute with
all annihilation operators. Let us swap a†m from �rst to third position. This would
give us even number of negative signs � equivalent to no sign change. Hence
T1 =1
2
∑m,n 6=m
Ena†nanNm
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
65
9.1 First Scheme
Where Nm is particle number operator 49 discussed latter. We once again invoke
the similar argument as before. Operation of T1 on any Fock state would remain
intact even if we drop Nm and summation over m from above expression. Hence
T1 =1
2
∑n
Ena†nan =
1
2
∑n
EnNn
Hence
Hnumber-state =∑n
EnNn
So the operation of this Hamiltonian on a most generic two particle Fermionic
state ∑m,n
cmn|01, 02, ....1m, 0m+1, ....1n, 0n+1......〉
gives us ∑m,n
cmn(En + Em)|01, 02, ....1m, 0m+1, ....1n, 0n+1......〉
which is exactly same as what we obtained earlier but using more conventional
Hamiltonian and r representation of the states.
� Similarly one can easily get the Hamiltonian of any number of non interacting
particles in number state representation can be written as
Hnumber-state =∑j
EjNj
where sum is done over single particle basis states.
� A similar simple expression can be obtained for other additive operators. Let
A1 be an operator that operates on single particle space. And A2 be an operator
that operates on two particle space. Let |φj〉 are the single particle basis states.And A1|Φαi
〉 = αi|Φαi〉. By additive operator we mean A2(r1, r2) = A1(r1) +
A1(r2). Or equivalently, A2|Φα1〉|Φα2〉 = (α1 + α2)|Φα1〉|Φα2〉. So the number
state representation of this two particle operator would be
Anumber-state2 =
∫dr1dr2Ψ†(r1, r2)(A1(r1) + A1(r2))Ψ(r1, r2)
=1
2
∑m,n
∑i,j
a†ma†naiaj
∫φ?m(r2)φ?n(r1)(A1(r1) + A1(r2))φi(r1)φj(r2)dr1dr2
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
66
9.2 Second Scheme � Second Quantization of Schrodinger's Field
Let us �rst study only one of the terms from this
T1 =1
2
∑m,n
∑i,j
a†ma†naiaj
∫φ?m(r2)φ?n(r1)A1(r1)φi(r1)φj(r2)dr1dr2
=1
2
∑i,n
∑m
a†ma†naiamA1,ni
We can now invoke similar arguments of equivalency of operators as done in the
previous case (energy operator) discussed above. hence
Anumber-state2
∑i,n
A1,ina†ian (48)
where A1,jkis the matrix element in the chosen basis of single particle operator A1
that operates on single particle space.
9.2 Second Scheme � Second Quantization of Schrodinger's Field
Now in this section, we would see that the exactly same physics can be obtained if we treat
Schrodinger's �eld as a classical �eld and quantize it.
We know that Ψ is a complex �eld. Hence we might be tempted to treat it as two in-
dependent �elds (or may be vector �eld having two components) corresponding to its real
and imaginary parts. Or alternatively we might want to treat Ψ and Ψ∗ as two independent
�elds. Having two �elds is similar to having two harmonic oscillators at each spatial point.
So the Hamiltonian or the Lagrangian would contain variables corresponding to two inde-
pendently moving particles. Speci�cally, in continuous variable case, for the latter choice
the Lagrangian 'denisty' would be written as :
L = L(Ψ,Ψ∗,∇Ψ,∇Ψ∗, Ψ, Ψ∗)
But we know that in classical mechanics of two 'unconstrained' particles it is necessary to
provide initial co-ordinates and initial velocities of both the particles to know its future
evolution in time with known forces. This is why one claims that q1 and q2, and q1 and q2
are independent variables and one needs to know the Lagrangian as a function of all these
variables in order to know the time evolution of the system. Such is not the case with
Schrodinger's equation. If we know real and imaginary part of Ψand ∇Ψat t = 0 (at any
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
67
9.2 Second Scheme � Second Quantization of Schrodinger's Field
single spatial point and its 'neighborhood'), its time evolution is completely known. Hence
all four variables are not independent variables. In other words if write Hamiltonian we do
not need all four variables Ψ, Ψ∗and their associated conjugate momenta.
Secondly, one should note that Lagrangian function (and Hence Hamiltonian function as
well) is never unique. One can add total time derivative of any function of co-ordinates and
time. It simply adds a constant to action and hence its minima still remains same. Similarly
for Lagrangian density one can add a total time derivative (of any function of �led amplitudes
or space or time) at each spatial location and one can also add divergence of any vector �eld
(which could also be any function of �led amplitudes or space or time). Assuming this new
vector �eld goes to zero at in�nity. When we integrate (over in�nite space) this to calculate
total Lagrangian the divergence integrate to zero as there is no �eld at surfaces. Hence,
its no wonder that there are di�erent choices of Lagrangian density available in literature.
Sometimes people choose Ψr as co-ordinate and it turns out that the imaginary part Ψi can
be taken as conjugated momenta associated with it. On the other hand one can also take
Ψ as co-ordinate and Ψ∗ as its conjugate momenta. It depends a lot on how you write your
Lagrangian density which is not a uniquely identi�ed function.
Now we know that the equation of motion for the two independent �elds are
i~∂Ψ
∂t= −~2∇2Ψ
2m+ VΨ
and its complex conjugate. But note that what is more important for us is to know La-
grangian density corresponding to a system whose Euler-Lagrange equation is as given above.
As noted above, the choice of Lagrangian density is not unique. Some choices are preferred
over others but for the time being let us choose to have
L(Ψ,∇Ψ, Ψ,Ψ∗,∇Ψ∗, Ψ∗) = i~Ψ∗Ψ− ~2
2m∇Ψ∗∇Ψ− VΨ∗Ψ
This Lagrangian takes redundant variables and treats Ψand Ψ∗ as independent �elds. Note
that such a Lagrangian is not Hermitian and hence a better choice is one in which the
�rst term is chosen symmetrically as well i~(Ψ∗Ψ − i~Ψ∗Ψ)/2. One can easily verify that
both choices of Lagrangian densities lead to Euler-Lagrange equations which are same as
Schrodinger's Equations for Ψ and Ψ∗. Let us choose the non-Hermitian choice since at the
end we simply need a Hermitian Hamiltonian and we would not care about Lagrangian any
more. One can see that the conjugate momenta associated with Ψis i~Ψ∗ and conjugate
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
68
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
momenta associated with Ψ∗ is identically zero. This makes our life much simpler. Suppose
we want to write Hamiltonian. We can immediately see that Hamiltonian is only going
to be a function of Ψ and it conjugate momenta Π (which is just same as Ψ∗). Which
automatically removes redundancy from Hamiltonian. Hence Hamiltonian density
would be
H = (i~Ψ∗)∂Ψ
∂t− (i~Ψ∗Ψ− ~2
2m∇Ψ∗∇Ψ− VΨ∗Ψ)
Which we can write as
H =~2
2m∇Ψ∗∇Ψ + VΨ∗Ψ
This is completely Hermitian. This is the reason why we didn't care much
that we are starting with redundant and non-Hermitian Lagrangian. Note that
occurrence of gradient of conjugate momenta is still a painful experience. But I believe it
can be written as linear superposition of gradient of Ψand Π. Note that both Ψand Πare
non-Hermitian.
Now once we have identi�ed Ψand Π as �canonical variables� we can lift them to
the status of �operators� representing �generalized � co-ordinate and momentum in QFT
picture. The commutation relation to be enforced would either be Bosonic or Fermionic
� both leads to physically correct results. One of them represents Fermionic �elds and
other represents Bosonic �elds. Now wavefunctions can be expanded in linear superposition
of energy eigen wavefunctions of the Schrodinger's equation (single particle). Hence when
wavefunction is lifted to the status of an operator the coe�cient of expansions also become
operators � these are exactly same as the creation and annihilation operators discussed in
previous section. Wave function operators are simply recognized as creation and annihilation
operators at one spatial location. Hence they obey the same commutation relation as creation
and annihilation operators discussed in previous section.
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
9.3.1 Note on Single and Multi-Particle Operators
• Terminology with respect to single-particle operators and multi-particle operators is
very confusing. Mathematically any operator that operates on multi-particle Hilbert
space should be called multi-particle operator. Physicists sometime use a di�erent
terminology. Often a single particle operator is de�ned as one which can be written
as sum of many di�erent terms where each term only depends upon the variables
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
69
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
associated with only one particle. So two particle Hamiltonian is called a single particle
operator if particles do not interact with each other. Other examples is the �eld
operator Ψ(x) which can operate on Hilbert space of any number of particles but is
sometimes called a single particle operator whereas operator Ψ(x1, x2) is called two-
particle operator. One should remember that both these operators can operate on same
multi-particle Hilbert space. Expression like Ψ(x1, x2) = 1√2Ψ(x1)Ψ(x2) should NOT
be confused with direct products of two operators. In this expression both operators
operate on entire multi-particle Hilbert space. Expression represents �composition� of
operators and not �direct product� of operators.
• In the following we would see some interesting operators that look like single particle
operators but works properly on Hilbert space of any number of particles.
• Sometime there might be some confusion in notations. Symbols like r1 and r2 can
represent two things. 1) They represent coordinates of two di�erent particles. r1 is not
a �xed number but can take all values. 2) They represent two speci�c states of same
particle. In this case they should better be treated as �xed numbers or states and not
as variables at least for visualization purposes.
9.3.2 Particle Number Operator
One can easily prove that
Nk = a†kak (49)
is a multi-particle number operator in one single particle state in the sense that when this
operator operates on any multi-particle basis state (Fock state) it returns a number times
the same state Fock state. For fermions this number would be either 0 or 1. Remember that
every Fock state represent de�nite number (for fermions either 1 or 0) of particles in various
single particle basis states. Hence, for fermions, if system is in a given multiparticle Fock
state then we would either have 1 or 0 particles in a �xed single particle basis state (indexed
by k). It should be stressed that when this operator operates on a linear superposition of
Fock states (then system does not have de�nite number of particles in single particle state)
then resultant state would also be a linear superposition of Fock states (which may not be
same as original Fock state) clearly indicating that state does not have de�nite number of
particles in the single particle basis state indexed by k. One can also show that
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
70
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
N =∑k
a†kak (50)
is an operator that represents the total number of particles in the system. If the system has
de�nite number of particles (when system is closed and conserves total number of particles in
it) then for such a system when this operator is operated on any arbitrary linear superposition
of Fock states we get number of particles in the system times the exactly same state. System
that do not conserve particle number can go in linear superposition of Fock states where
di�erent Fock states may have di�erent number of particles. When this operator operates
on such a state, resultant state would be di�erent from original state clearly indicating that
we do not have de�nite number of particles in the system.
Just like in fermions case discussed above, one can also prove that
Nk = b†kbk
is an operator representing number of particles in the single particle basis state indexed by k.
Again when this operator operates on Fock state (which are basis states) we get same state
multiplied by a number. When this is operated on any other general linear superposition of
Fock states we would not get same state. Similarly, one can also show that
N =∑k
b†kbk (51)
is an operator representing total number of particles in the system. To clearly understand the
meaning of this operator read the comments provided after the de�nition of similar operator
for fermions.
9.3.3 Particle Number Density Operator
Usually, in QM, we do not treat electron number density as an operator. Treating number
density as an operator would be very useful construct because then we can use the standard
methods of QM to �nd QM �uctuations in electron density even if electron is known to be
in exact QM state.
Let us consider a one dimensional system having one electron in state Ψ1(x1). If we do
a measurement on an ensemble of exact same system to detect a particle exactly at x = a,
what is the probability that we would �nd one there? Zero! We should try to detect a
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
71
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
particle between x = a and x = a + dx. Sometimes you would �nd one particle there and
sometimes you would �nd zero there. The ensemble average value of number of particles
per unit length at x = a would be Ψ?1(a)Ψ1(a). What if we have system with two non-
interacting distinguishable particles � one in state Ψ1(x1) and other in state Ψ2(x2)? What
is the ensemble average value of number of particles per unit length at x = a in this case?
Is it Ψ?1(a)Ψ1(a)Ψ?
2(a)Ψ2(a)? That is wrong! Note that in this case �probability� (which
can not be greater than 1) and �ensemble average� (which can potentially be >1) of number
density are two di�erent things. Intuitively, one should guess that the average mass density
should be more than that in one particle case. The ensemble average number of particles
per unit length at x = a would be Ψ?1(a)Ψ1(a) + Ψ?
2(a)Ψ2(a).
Now lets say, we want to de�ne a �number density operator� which would be a function
of a space parameter (x) so that we can simply talk about the expectation value of this
operator as a function of x knowing the state of the system. Let us postulate the operator
to be ∑i
δ(x− xi)
where xi is the co-ordinate of ith particle. Note that the variables inside the delta functions
are common functional parameters (basically they are numbers) whereas the whole expression
above is an operator in r-representation (it operates on wavefunctions and not on ket vectors).
So when it operates on a wavefunction it would provide us a number multiplied by another
wavefunction. As we would see in a minute that the �per unit length� normalization is
included in the wavefunction Ψ which is treated as the probability amplitude density. Let
us now explore how this operator works. Let us assume that there is only one electron in
the system (i = 1). Let the system be in a pure quantum state and let the normalized
wavefunction of the system be Ψ1(x1). The density operator would be δ(x − x1). The
expectation value of this operator in the state Ψ1(x1) would be∫
Ψ?1(x1)δ(x−x1)Ψ1(x1)dx1=
Ψ?1(x)Ψ1(x). Note that x is simply a parameter in the operator. Actual space variable is x1
so the integration goes over x1. Now consider the case of two non-interacting distinguishable
particles (i = 2) - one in state Ψ1(x1) and other in state Ψ2(x2). The density operator would
beδ(x − x1) + δ(x − x2). The expectation value of this operator in the state Ψ1(x1)Ψ2(x2)
would be
〈ρ2〉 =
∫ ∫Ψ?
1(x1)Ψ?2(x2)(δ(x− x1) + δ(x− x2))Ψ1(x1)Ψ2(x2)dx1dx2
= AB + CD
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
72
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
where
A =
∫Ψ?
1(x1)Ψ1(x1)δ(x− x1)dx1 = Ψ?1(x)Ψ1(x)
B =
∫Ψ?
2(x2)Ψ2(x2)dx2 = 1
C =
∫Ψ?
2(x2)Ψ2(x2)δ(x− x2)dx2 = Ψ?2(x)Ψ2(x)
D =
∫Ψ?
1(x1)Ψ1(x1)dx1 = 1
Hence we can conclude that
〈ρ2〉 = Ψ?1(x)Ψ1(x) + Ψ?
2(x2)Ψ2(x2)
Which is what we expected intuitively. Hence, above de�ned operator can really be treated
as a �number density operator�. One can easily convince oneself that this operator would
indeed give correct results even with interacting and/or identical particle systems.
Now suppose we want to write this operator in terms of creation and annihilation oper-
ators. Remember that in general any multi-particle operator A in r-representation can be
written as∫
Ψ†A(r1, r2, ...)Ψdr1dr2... Where Ψ†(r1, r2, ..) = 1√N
∑i,j,... Ψ
?i (r1)Ψ?
j(r2)...a†ia†j...
is the N -particle creation �eld-operator and Ψ(r1, r2, ..) = 1√N
∑i,j,... Ψi(r1)Ψj(r2)...aiaj... is
the N -particle annihilation �eld- operator. Hence the number density operator in number-
state representation can be written as
ρN(x, t) =
∫Ψ†(x1, x2, ...)(
∑i
δ(x− xi))Ψ(x1, x2, ...)dx1dx2..
Using the fact that an N particle wavefunction operator can also be written as
Ψ(x1, x2, ..) =1√N
Ψ(x1)Ψ(x2)...
we can show that the wavefunction operators have many properties identical to those corre-
sponding to wavefunctions themselves. For example∫Ψ†(x1, x2, ...)δ(x− x1)Ψ(x1, x2, ..)dx1 =
1
NΨ†(x)Ψ†(x2)...Ψ(x)Ψ(x2)...
= Ψ†(x, x2, ...)Ψ(x, x2, ..) (52)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
73
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
∫Ψ†(x1)Ψ(x1)dx1 =
∑i,j
a†iaj
∫φ?i (x1)φj(x1)dx1
=∑i,j
a†iajδij =∑i
a†iai = N (53)
Note that it may seem that Ψ(x1) is one-particle operator and operates on one-particle
Hilbert space. But this is not true. This operator operates on multiparticle states. Expres-
sion like Ψ(x1, x2, ..) = 1√N
Ψ(x1)Ψ(x2)... helps writing operators for multiparticle systems
but one should not think that Ψ(x1) operates on the �rst particle Hilbert space and Ψ(x2)
operates on second particle Hilbert space. Such a notion is incorrect. Hence, within
N particle space, last expression in Eq. 53∑
i a†iai can be shown to be a particle number
operator N . This can be checked by noting that operation of this operator on any arbi-
trary two-particle state (for example)∑
i 6=,j cij|0, 0, 1i, 0, 1j, ...〉 gives 2 times the same state.
Expression for 53 is a simple justi�cation why Ψ†(x)Ψ(x)can treated as particle
number density operator for a system containing any number of particles. Hence,
it turns out that for any number of particles, we can write
ρ(x) = Ψ†(x)Ψ(x) (54)
This conclusion also follows trivially if one remembers two facts � 1) a†kak give number
of particles in single particle state |k〉 and 2) Ψ(x) represents annihilation operator when
number state representation is built on top of single particle state |x〉. Hence Ψ†(x)Ψ(x)
should give number of particles in single particle state |x〉. This becomes density because
wavefunction represents probability densities.
It should be possible to explicitly show that∫Ψ†(x1, x2, ...){
∑i
δ(x− xi)}Ψ(x1, x2, ..)dx1dx2... =
∫Ψ†(x1)δ(x− x1)Ψ(x1)dx1
= Ψ†(x)Ψ(x)
This can be proved through similar arguments that we used in the previous section to obtain
number state representation of additive operators 48.
Sometimes, it also useful to have the density operator that gives density in Fourier space
(not really reciprocal space) which is simply the Fourier transform of above operator. The
operator expression would greatly depend upon the basis states chosen for number state
representation. In case simple plane waves were chosen, we can take the Fourier transform
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
74
9.3 Some Special Operators in Quantum Field Theory
very simply to obtain
ρ(q) =∑k
a†k+qak
Finally the number density operator can be written in terms of NEGF as
ρ(x, t) =i
2π
∫G<(x = x′, E)dE
9.3.4 Particle Number Current Density Operator
Again, usually, in QM current density is not treated as an operator. One can prove that
following expression represents a quantity which obeys the continuity equation for probability
density:
j(x) =i~2m
(Ψ∇Ψ? −Ψ?∇Ψ)
hence it is identi�ed with particle number current density. But such a formulation can not
tell us anything about QM �uctuations in the measurement of current even if the system is
in a well de�ned quantum mechanical state. So let us try to formulate an operator for this
current density.
Classically, the current density should be written as
j(x) =∑i
δ(x− xi)vi
where i is the particle number. One can convert this into an operator using standard canon-
ical quantization techniques. As before, one would treat the δ as an operator and vi = pi/mi
as another operator. Since there is a confusion about the ordering of operators, one would
take combination of both possibilities. Also to make the operator Hermitian the second term
would need to be Hermitian conjugate of �rst term. Hermitian conjugate of momentum op-
erator operates on the left side.
j(x) =1
2
∑i
−δ(x− xi)i~∇i
m+i~∇←im
δ(x− xi)
We notice that this operator looks like a �single particle operator� in the sense that the
multi-particle operator is a sum of di�erent terms each depending upon co-ordinates of only
one particle. Now, to write above operator in terms of creation and annihilation operators,
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
75
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
one would have to calculate of term:
jij =i~2m
∫−Ψ?
i (x1)(δ(x− x1)∇1 +∇←1 δ(x− x1))Ψj(x1)dx1
jij =i~2m
(Ψi(x)∇xΨ?j(x)−Ψ?
i (x)∇xΨj(x))
Hence the particle current density operator would be written as
j(x) =∑ij
jija†iaj
which can also be written as
j(x) =i~2m
(Ψi(x)∇Ψ†j(x)− (∇Ψ(x))Ψ†(x))
It should again be stressed that even though this operator looks like a single particle operator
it is not so. It is a proper multiparticle operator that operates on multiparticle Hilbert space
and gives correct particle current.
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
9.4.1 Classical Correlation Functions
Let us consider a classical perfect optical cavity. Let the electric �eld be in certain known
mode pro�le with known amplitude of oscillations. Imagine that we have an ensemble of such
identical systems with �elds in same state. But let the system be slightly noisy. Such systems
can be studied using classical correlation functions. If we do simultaneous measurement at
same time t = t1 and same space point r = r1 on all systems, values of measured electric
�eld might should some noisy distribution. If the mean value of noise is zero then by taking
the ensemble mean of all measured values, we can remove noise from the measurement.
Classical ensemble mean value thus is de�ned as 〈E(r1, t1)〉ensemble.Now suppose we want to study the coherence properties of the noisy �elds. For ex-
ample, suppose we want to check if the time evolution of �elds is coherent and follows
E0 exp(−iωt). This can be done by doing �simultaneous�27 measurements at time t = t1 at
same space points and then again at time t = t2 at same space point and then comparing the
27By �simultaneous� I mean that in the same copy of the ensemble one needs to make measurements att = t1 and t2.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
76
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
correlation between data so obtained at two di�erent times. If there was no noise then classi-
cal ensemble autocorrelation function de�ned as〈E(r1, t2)E?(r1, t1)〉ensemble would giveus |E0|2 exp(−iω(t2 − t1)) . If system is time invariant 28 then origin of time is not im-
portant we can write the classical autocorrelation function as 〈E(r1, τ)E?(r1, 0)〉ensemble=|E0|2 exp(−iωτ).
We see that classical autocorrelation function tells us whether there is a de�nite phase re-
lationship between two time measurements. Absolute value of autocorrelation of the system
concerned above is constant for all values of τ indicating that there is de�nite phase relation-
ship between any two time instances. We can also do similar calculation even when noise
is not zero. To keep things simple, let us �rst assume that added �noise� is actually a well
de�ned sinusoidal function of frequency ω1. One can immediately see that autocorrelation
function would be sum of four sinusoidal functions of frequencies ω, ω1, ω−ω1and ω+ω1. If
noise amplitude is small then only sinusoidal term with frequency ω would be large. If noise
is not small then exact τ dependence of the auto-correlation function would actually depend
on the phase of the noise signal. Fourier transform of classical autocorrelation function is
called classical ensemble averaged power spectral density.
Classical systems are often ergodic systems. Ergodic systems are those for which ensem-
ble averaging is same as time averaging. If systems are ergodic then 〈E(r1, t1)〉ensemble =
LimT→0
∫ T/2−T/2E(r1, t1 + t)dt. Similar expression can also be written for classical autocorre-
lation function.
9.4.1.1 Important Points to Note
9.4.1.1.1 Dependent Events Let us explain the meaning of classical two point cor-
relations in a bit more pedagogical fashion. Suppose, when we measure E(r1, 0) on di�erent
copies of the ensemble, we get values equal to Ai with probabilities of αi. Similarly, when we
measure E(r1, τ) on di�erent copies of the ensemble, we get values equal to Bj with prob-
abilities of βj. Does this mean that the probability of obtaining a value of Ai for the �rst
measurement and a value of Bi for the second measurement is is αiβj? In other words, does
this mean that the probability of measuring a pair values AiBj is αiβj? Answer would have
28This can be visualized as our cavity being a closed system in the sense that there is no backgroundtime-varying electromagnetic �elds. If such is the case then origin of time does not matter. Whether we doexperiment today or tomorrow � we should get same results. But what if there is a background �eld thatvaries very slowly from one day to another day. In that case, time evolution of our mode measured today ormeasured tomorrow would be di�erent. We call such systems as time variant systems.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
77
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
been yes only if the two measurement events were independent. Take a simple example of
sinusoidal signal with completely random phase (probability of each value of phase occurring
is equal). In other words, among di�erent copies of ensemble, the initial phases of the signal
are di�erent. At both time instances, one would measure all values from −1 to +1 with
equal probabilities. So if we assume that pair of values AiBj occur with a probability of αiβj
then ensemble autocorrelation would be
〈E(r1, τ)E?(r1, 0)〉ensemble ≡∑i,j
BjA?iαiβj =
∑i
A?iαi∑j
Bjβj = 0
But our intuition tells that this is obviously not true. For example if τ = 1/2f where f is
the sinusoidal frequency then whenever you measure Ai at t = 0, then if you do second mea-
surement on the same copy of the ensemble at t = τ , you should measure Bi = −Ai. Hence,we expect non-zero correlation between signals. Hence, two events are not independent and
we can not claim that the probability of that pair of values AiBj occur with a probability of
αiβj.
Actual thing that we want to measure is the joint probability that at time 0
value Ai is measured and, as the same copy of the ensemble evolves in time, at
time τ value Bj would be measured. Hence, if we do measurements on same copy of
ensemble at two times and we �nd that pair of values (A?B)i happens with probability γi
then
〈E(r1, τ)E?(r1, 0)〉ensemble ≡∑i
(BA?)iγi
If certain value of this product is highly likely then we say that �eld is temporally coherent
or equivalently highly correlated at two di�erent time instances.
If the two events are independent then P (Ai∩Bj) = P (Ai)P (Bj). Equivalently P (Bj|Ai) =
P (Bj). And we are allowed to perform two measurements on independent copies of the en-
semble. For the case of dependent events, instead of using P (Ai)P (Bj) = αiβj we should
use the actual joint probability density function P (Ai ∩Bj). In that case one would have to
perform measurements on the same copy of the ensemble.
9.4.1.1.2 E�ects of Measurements Note that classical measurements do not dis-
turb system evolution in time. Hence, fact that we performed a measurement at time t = t1
on certain copy of the ensemble does not change the course of evolution of that copy. Hence
probability of results measured at time t = t2 does not dependent on whether we performed
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
78
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
a measurement at t = t1or not. Results at t2, although, may depend on the results at t = t1
because of the physics dictating the time evolution links values at t1 and t2.
We would �nd that this is not true in quantum systems. We would be able to develop
similar concepts for quantum systems but we would have to get rid of the notion of actual
performing measurements. We would just talk about what the probability amplitude of
obtaining certain result would have been had a measurement been performed.
9.4.2 Quantum Correlation Functions
9.4.2.1 Correlation Functions in Heisenberg Representation Readers who have
seen two point quantum correlation function before might know that correlation function is
typically de�ned as
gn(τ) ≡ h〈n|x†h(t2)xh(t1)|n〉h (55)
where subscripts represents Heisenberg representations29. In Heisenberg representation, this
expression looks very similar to the classical correlation function. It seems there is nothing
more to discuss about this de�nition. This is not true though. Heisenberg representation
hides some of the crucial details involved in this de�nition. Is Schrodinger representation,
above expression would be written as
gn(τ) ≡ h〈n|U †s (t2)x†sUs(t2) U †s (t1)xsUs(t1)|n〉h= s〈n(t2)|x†s Us(t2)U †s (t1) xs|n(t1)〉s (56)
Here, Us(t) is the time propagation operator discussed. The above expression 56 is not very
intuitive. Naively speaking one would have expected a simpler expression like
gn(τ) = s〈n(t2)|x†s xs|n(t1)〉s (57)
Following may be the reasoning behind the wrong de�nition 57. For simplicity, let us assume
that states |n(t)〉 are the energy eigen states and let |xi〉 be the eigen states of the time
independent operator xs. When operator xs is operated on state |n(t1)〉 = exp(−iEnt1~ )|n(0)〉
we get another state xs|n(t1)〉 =∑
i(xicni exp(−iEnt1~ ))|xi〉 =
∑i,m xicnic
?mi exp(−iEnt1
~ )|m(0)〉.This basically tells us that �if� we had done the measurement of physical quantity of x at
time t = t1 given that system is known to be in state |n〉we would have gotten the results
29 See another article on Statistical Quantum Field Theories for expansion on Heisenberg representations.We would discuss that topic again in this article a bit latter.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
79
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
of xi with a probability �amplitude� of ci exp(−iEnt1~ ). Now, when operator xs is operated on
state |n(t2)〉 = exp(−iEnt2~ )|n(0)〉 we get another state xs|n(t2)〉 =
∑i(xici exp(−iEnt2
~ ))|xi〉=∑
i,m xicnic?mi exp(−iEnt2
~ )|m(0)〉. This tells us that if we had done the measurement of
physical quantity of x at time t = t2 given that system is known to be in state |n〉we wouldhave gotten the results of xi with a probability �amplitude� of ci exp(−iEnt2
~ ). With analogy
from classical physics we may then de�ne a quantum autocorrelation function as
gn(τ) ≡∑i,j
x?ixjc?i cj exp(
−iEnτ~
)
≡ 〈n(t2)|x†s | xs|n(t1)〉
Let me stress that above expression is incorrect. The reason above expression is incorrect
because we assumed the two events to be independent. We have not make sure that two
events can happen in the same copy of the ensemble as state evolves coherently. Correct
way of thinking about this is discussed in the following section.
9.4.2.2 Correlation Functions in Schrodinger's Picture Let us consider a closed
system. Hence, Hamiltonian is time-independent. Let xs be a time independent operator
(may not be Hermitian and may not represent any physical property of the system) in
Schrodinger representation. Let t1 = 0 and t2 = τ . Suppose we use energy eigen states (at
time t = 0) |n(0)〉 of our closed system as the basis states.
Let |n(0)〉 =∑
i cni|xi〉where |xi〉 are the eigen states of time independent operator xs.
Equivalently, |xi〉 =∑
n c?ni|n(0)〉. For simplicity, let system be in state |n(0)〉at time t =
t1 = 0. Probability amplitude of system being in state |xi〉 is cni. Equivalently, probabilityamplitude that this state would be mapped to the state |xi〉 by the operation of operator
xs is cnixi. Given that xs has mapped the state |n(0)〉to cnixi|xi〉 = cnixi∑
m c?mi|m(0)〉, at
time t = τ , this state would evolve to a new state
cnixi∑m
c?mi exp(−iEmτ
~)|m(0)〉 (58)
Now, suppose |n(0)〉 has evolved to become |n(τ)〉. Probability amplitude of this state
being in state |xj〉 is cnj exp(−iEnτ~ ) . Or equivalently, probability amplitude that operation
of xs would map the state |n(τ)〉 to state |xj〉 is cnjxj exp(−iEnτ~ ). Given that xs has mapped
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
80
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
the state |n(τ)〉 to state
cnjxj exp(−iEnτ
~)|xj〉 = cnjxj
∑p
c?pj exp(−iEnτ
~)|p(0)〉 (59)
what is the joint probability amplitude of the two events 58 and 59 taking place? This
amplitude simply is
gn(τ) =∑i,j
∑p
c?njcpjcnic?pi(x
?jxi) exp(
i(En − Ep)τ~
)
One can easily see that this is same as
gn(τ) = 〈n(τ)|xs | Us(τ)xs|n(0)〉 (60)
Here is an alternative way of thinking. What the two point quantum correlation function
tells us is this. Given that the system is in state |n(0)〉, what is the probability amplitude
of following things happening in the coherent time evolution path of the state as the state
evolves to |n(τ)〉 at time t = τ? We want to know the probability amplitude of following
events taking place. At time t = 0 system is in state |xi〉 and at time t = τ system is in
state |xj〉. Probability amplitude of system being in state |xi〉 at t = 0 is simply cni. At
time t = τ , cni|xi〉 state would evolve to another state cni∑
m c?mi exp(−iEmτ
~ )|m(0)〉. Prob-ability amplitude that the system is in state |xj〉 is cni
∑m c
?micmj exp(−iEmτ
~ ). The state
of the system can also be written as cni∑
m,p c?micmj exp(−iEmτ
~ )c?pj|p(0)〉. Hence probabil-
ity amplitude of the system being in state |n(τ)〉 = |n(0)〉 exp(−iEnτ~ ) at the same time is
cni∑
m c?micmj exp(−iEmτ
~ )c?nj exp(−iEnτ~ ). Hence autocorrelation function would be
gn(τ) =∑i,j
∑p
c?nicpjcnic?pi(x
?jxi) exp(
i(En − Ep)τ~
)
which same as that obtained above.
9.4.2.3 Some More Comments We would often evaluate correlation terms of the form
〈n|x†h(t2) | xh(t1)|n〉 = 〈n(t2)|x†sUs(t2) | U †s (t1)xs|n(t1)〉
Again, since system is closed, we should have time translation symmetry. Hence, we can
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
81
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
simply evaluate 〈n|xh(τ)xh(0)|n〉. We would see that this is an interesting parameter and
we would get interesting information once this or a similar parameter is calculated. This
parameter is in fact similar to classical time correlation function discussed above
g(τ) = LimT→∞1
T
∫ T/2
−T/2x(t)x(t− τ)dt
As discussed above, if the system is ergodic, one can replace classical time averaging by
classical ensemble averaging.
In many situations correct quantum analog that we might want to look at is a more
symmetric parameter that does not depend on the ordering of time dependent operators.
We would often try try to calculate terms like
gn(τ) = 〈n|12
(xh(τ)xh(0) + xh(0)xh(τ))|n〉
Or terms like
fn(τ) =〈n|(xh(τ)xh(0)− xh(0)xh(τ))|n〉
0
when τ > 0
when τ < 0
We would de�ne many other such correlation functions which are generally known as Green's
functions. In classical physics, Green's functions are useful tool for solving inhomogeneous
di�erential equations that is for equations that contain a source term. Quantum mechanical
Green's function that we would de�ne below would initially seem very di�erent from those
seen in theory of di�erential equations. Latter on as we develop the subject further you
would start seeing the similarities between the two.
9.4.3 Free Fields
In this article I would only discuss non-interacting particles. In QFT we call it free �eld.
Interacting �elds are discussed in the article on Statistical QFT.
We choose single particle energy eigen states as basis on top of which we build our number
state representation. One of the greatest simpli�cation in free �elds case is that free �eld
ground state is a very simple state with no particles in the system. Operation of creation
and annihilation operators on this state is also trivially known. In following one additional
simpli�cation in case of free �elds.
I want to the Heisenberg representation of creation and annihilation operators. This is
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
82
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
given as
ai,h(t) ≡ U †(t)ai,sUs(t)
here ai,s is the Schrodinger representation of annihilation operator that annihilates a particle
in the ithsingle particle state with single particle energy of Ei. By de�nition 〈n|ai,s|m〉isnon-zero only when state |m〉 and |n〉 represent almost same state of the system with only
di�erence being that in state |m〉 system has one additional particle in the ithsingle particle
state as compared to the system in state |n〉. Now the action of Us(t) on any basis state
(direct product of single particle energy eigen states) is trivially known for free �elds. Hence
we can immediately see that for free �elds
ai,h(t) = ai,s exp(−iEit/~) (61)
and similarly
a†i,h = a†i,s exp(iEit/~) (62)
9.4.4 Green's Function for Non-Interacting Schrodinger Fields in Homogeneous
Space
Propagators are related to two point correlation functions. Sometime names might be used
interchangeably. Two point correlation functions are also related to Green's functions of
Schrodinger Hamiltonian operator. Many di�erent types of Green's functions can be de�ned.
First two we would de�ne below are not really Green's function. But they are usually referred
to as Green's function because these two are the building blocks for the 4 di�erent types of
Green's functions of the Schrodinger's operator. The most basic one isParticle Propagator
or a Greater Green's Function de�ned as
G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ G>(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) ≡ 〈0h|Ψh(x2, t2)Ψ†h(x1, t1)|0h〉 (63)
In the above and all of the following discussion x stands for all three coordinates. I am using
simpler notations to make sure that equations don't look scary but convey the message. Also
note that we are assuming that conventional electrostatic potential V (x) in Schrodinger's
equation of motion is zero. hence space is homogeneous and we have space translation
symmetry in addition to the time translation symmetry. Hence G>(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) can
be written as G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1).
Note that what we are doing here is that we are creating a single particle at x1 at time t1
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
83
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
and �nding the amplitude of probability that system propagates to become particle at x2 at
time t2. But above expression can be further generalized by creating a single particle in, say,
single particle classical momentum mode p (that is state |p〉) and then looking an amplitude
probability that state evolves into a state |q〉. Using this Greater Green's function one can
study the causality of the theory. Note that it is not necessary that t1 < t2.
Another fundamentally important Green's function is what is known as Anti-Particle
(or Hole) Propagator or a Lesser Green's Function. This is de�ned as follows
G<(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ G<(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) ≡ 〈0h|Ψ†h(x2, t2)Ψh(x1, t1)|0h〉 (64)
One very important point is that the commutation relation between Ψh and Ψ†hare the equal time commutation relation (ETCR). There is no de�ned relation-
ship between �eld operators at di�erent times. So there would be no obvious
correlation between lesser and greater Green's function other than that discussed
above.
Let us try to obtain the Fourier transform of these two correlation function (these are not
really the Green's functions of Schrodinger's operator). Substituting single particle creation
wavefunction operator 43 and its adjoint in the de�nition of Greater Green's function 63 we
can immediately write
G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =∑i
exp(−iEi(t2 − t2)/~)φi(x2)φ?i (x1) (65)
where φi(x) are the single particle energy eigen states with single particle energy Ei. For free
particles φi(x) = 1√V
exp(ikix) and Ei = ~2k2i /(2m). Here
√V is included for normalization.
In continuum limit we get
G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =1
V
∫d3k exp(−i~
2k2
2m(t2 − t2)/~) exp(ik(x2 − x1)) (66)
Similarly
G<(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) = 0 (67)
Integral in the expression for the greater Green's function 66 is actually very simple Gaussian
integral and can be evaluated analytically if desired as
G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =1
V(
m
2πi~(t2 − t1))3/2 exp(
im(x2 − x1)2
2~(t2 − t1))
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
84
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
The trivial result for lesser Green's function 67 is because non-relativistic Schrodinger
equation does not accept anti-particles, �elds are non-interacting and quantum ensemble
averaging is done on ground state of the system30. This is not a general rule as we would see
in the case of Klein Gordon �elds (which accepts anti-particles) latter on in this article and
in case when averaging is done over equilibrium and no-equilibrium statistical ensembles as
we would see in a di�erent article on Statistical QFT. We would �nd these expressions useful
in the following discussion.
Above two functions are the basic building blocks for other types of correlation functions
which have better physical and mathematical properties. Using these two functions we
de�ne following four other correlation functions which are more commonly encountered in
text books. A set of functions that are sometime useful are time ordered and anti time
ordered Green's functions
Gt(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ Gt(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) ≡ 〈0h|T Ψh(x2, t2)Ψ†h(x1, t1)|0h〉
Gt(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ Gt(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) ≡ 〈0h|T Ψh(x2, t2)Ψ†h(x1, t1)|0h〉
Time ordered Green's function is also sometime (in the case of free/non-interacting �eld
operators propagating ground state31) called the Feynman propagator. Note that
Gt(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =
{G> if t2 > t1
G< = 0 if t2 < t1
}(68)
Gt(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =
{G< = 0 if t2 > t1
G> if t2 < t1
}(69)
Two other functions are retarded and advanced Green's functions. Retarded Green's function
is de�ned as
GR(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ −iΘ(t2 − t1)(〈[0h|Ψ†h(x2, t2), Ψh(x1, t1)]|0h〉)
= −iΘ(t2 − t1)(G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1)−G<(x2 − x1, t2 − t1))
= −iΘ(t2 − t1)G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) (70)
30That basically means that we trying to apply non-interacting �eld operators on ground state of thesystem. So we trying to see how a single particle created in an empty system propagates.
31That is, quantum ensemble average is done on ground state of the system.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
85
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
Note that Θ is a Heaviside step function32. Note that some books leave out the −i factor.Similarly advanced Green's Function is de�ned as
GA(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) ≡ −iΘ(t1 − t2)(〈[0h|Ψ†h(x2, t2), Ψh(x1, t1)]|0h〉)
= −iΘ(t1 − t2)(G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1)−G<(x2 − x1, t2 − t1))
= −iΘ(t1 − t2)G>(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) (71)
For the free Schrodinger �eld (and averaged over ground state), it turns out that retarded
and time ordered Green's functions are same thing and advanced and the anti-time-ordered
are the same thing (apart from conventional −i factor). This is not a general rule as we
would see in the case of Klein Gordon �elds (which accepts anti-particles) latter on in this
article and in case when averaging is done over equilibrium and no-equilibrium statistical
ensembles as we would see in a di�erent article on Statistical QFT.
In classical physics Green's function is a popular tool for solving inhomogeneous dif-
ferential equations with a position and/or time dependent source term. Green's functions
discussed above do not seem to have any resemblance to the Green's functions discussed in
classical physics. This not true though. In the following we would see that Green's function
just de�ned are related to the classical Green's function of the Schrodinger's equation. These
four correlation functions just de�ned are actually very closely related to each other. We
would show that Gt, Gt, GR and GA are all Green's function of time dependent Schrodinger
operator. That is, if we write a time dependent Schrodinger equation with a 4-dimensional
delta function on right hand side as a source term then above Green's functions satisfy the
equation. This gives a prescription of actually calculating these functions. One can Fourier
transform the whole equation. Which then get converted to a simple algebraic equation.
From this one can calculate the Fourier transform of the Green's function which can then be
inverse transformed to calculated GF in real space.
Suppose G(x2, t2;x1, t1) is a Green's function of Schrodinger operator (free �eld case)
{ ~2
2m
∂2
∂x2+ i~
∂
∂t}G(x2, t2;x1, t1) ≡ −iδ(x2 − x1, t2, t1) (72)
i on the right hand side included because of convention. Without loss of generality, let x1 = 0
and t1 = 0. Let 4D Fourier transform of G(x, t) be G(k, ω). In order to remind ourselves
32Usual de�nition assumes that Θ(t) = 12 for t = 0 (see for example Bracewell). Some books de�ne Θ(0)=0.
This values does not alter our results here.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
86
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
about multi-dimensional Fourier transforms, let us consider a simple 2D function f(x1, x2)
with a 2D Fourier transform of f(kx1, kx2)
f(kx1, kx2) ≡∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2f(x1, x2) exp(−i(kx1x1 + kx2x2))
33Di�erentiating this equation with respect to x1 we get
0 =
∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2{df(x1, x2)
dx1
exp(−i(kx1x1 + kx2x2))− ikx1f(x1, x2) exp(−i(kx1x1 + kx2x2))}
Hence∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2df(x1, x2)
dx1
exp(−i(kx1x1+kx2x2)) = ikx1
∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2f(x1, x2) exp(−i(kx1x1+kx2x2))
Same rule can be extended for 4D Fourier transforms. Lets remember one more fact∫ ∞−∞
dxδ(x) exp(ikx) = 1
Hence if we Fourier transform the de�ning equation for the Green's function 72 of the
Schrodinger operator, by de�nition then, G(k, ω) would satisfy the following algebraic equa-
tion
G(k, ω) =i
~ω − ~2k2
2m
(73)
Now taking its 4D Fourier inverse
G(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) =
∫d3kdω
(2π)4
i
~ω − ~2k2
2m
exp(−iω(t2 − t1) + ik(x2 − x1)) (74)
Let us look at the ωintegral a bit more closely. On ωaxis we have a pole at ω = ~k2
2m.
Remember that from residue theorem∫C
dω
2πexp(iωt)f(ω) = ±2πi
∑Res{f(ω)}
Sign is positive if contour integral is done anti-clockwise and is negative if it is done in
33As a conventional de�nition of Fourier transforms, time domain forward Fourier transform would havepositive sign in exponential and space domain forward Fourier transform would have negative sign in expo-nential. This is conventional in quantum mechanics but is opposite of standard engineering convention.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
87
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
clockwise direction. If t2 − t1 < 0 then we should close the contour in the upper half and
if t2 − t1 > 0 then we should close the contour on the lower half. We can also choose the
contour to go either below (equivalent to adding negative imaginary part to the frequency)
the pole or above the pole (equivalent to adding positive imaginary part to the frequency).
Suppose we decide to go above the pole. Then for t2 − t1 < 0 we don't have any pole
inside the contour and hence G(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) = 0. And for t2 − t1 > 0 we have a pole
inside the contour hence pole contributes a residue of exp(−i~k2
2m(t2 − t1)) and
G(x2 − x1, t2 − t1) = Θ(t2 − t1)
∫d3k
(2π)3exp(−i~k
2
2m(t2 − t1)) exp(ik(x2 − x1)) (75)
This is a simple Gaussian integral and can be performed easily. Comparing with the expres-
sion for retarded Green's function 70 and that of greater Green's function 66 we see that this
is exactly same as the retarded Green's function (apart from the conventional −i factor).Similarly we can choose to go below the pole. In that case, we would get an expression
which is exactly (within conventional factor of −i) as the advanced Green's function 71 (readwith the help of expression �r greater Green's function 66).
Hence we conclude that quantum mechanically de�ned retarded Green func-
tion 70 and advanced Green's function (and hence time ordered and anti time or-
dered Green's functions as well) are indeed Green's functions for the Schrodinger's
di�erential equation.
9.4.5 Green's Function for Non-Interacting but Non-Homogeneous Case
In this section we consider a practically important case of non-interacting Schrodinger �elds.
We assume that particles are no-interacting but there may be spatially inhomogeneous non-
zero background potential.
Note that the basic expressions for the greater Green's function 65, lesser Green's function
67 and, hence, the four other Green's function derived from those remain intact. We just need
to be careful not to assume the single particle energy wavefunction to be spatial plane waves.
Also note that we do not have the space translation symmetry anymore. But since our
system is closed we still have time translation symmetry. Hence G>(x2, t2 ← x1, t1) can
be written as G>(x2, x1, t2− t1). Note that Green's function now would depend on
two space coordinates and not just di�erence of those two.
We start with the basic expression for greater and lesser Green's functions - expressions
65 and 67 respectively. Based on these two, retarded Green's function 70 (or equivalently
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
88
9.4 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
the time ordered Green's function 68 apart from the conventional −i factor) can be written
as
GR(x2, x1, t2 − t1) = −iΘ(t2 − t1)G>(x2, x1, t2 − t1)
= −iΘ(t2 − t1)∑i
exp(−iEi(t2 − t2)/~)φi(x2)φ?i (x1) (76)
It seems useful to stress that expression 76 is not a function of energy for temporal frequency
as that has been summed over. In case we want to represent retarded Green's function in
terms of temporal frequency, we just perform a temporal Fourier transform. We know that
the Fourier transform of Heaviside step function Θ(t) is πδ(ω) + iω(see Bracewell but with
signs of ω �ipped, for example). Hence we conclude following Fourier transform pair
Θ(τ) exp(−iEiτ/~)→ πδ(ω − Ei/~) +i~
~ω − Ei
Hence Fourier transformed (now only time domain) retarded Green's function can be written
as
GR(x2, x1, ω) = −i∑i
{πδ(ω − Ei/~) +i~
~ω − Ei}φi(x2)φ?i (x1)
= −i∑i
~πδ(~ω − Ei)φi(x2)φ?i (x1) +∑i
~~ω − Ei
φi(x2)φ?i (x1)
Which can equivalently be written as
GR(x2, x1, E) = −i∑i
πδ(E − Ei)φi(x2)φ?i (x1) +∑i
1
E − Eiφi(x2)φ?i (x1) (77)
Hence single-particle local density of states (LDOS) de�ned as
ρ(x,E) ≡∑i
δ(E − Ei)φi(x)φ?i (x)
can be written as
ρ(x,E) = − 1
πIm{GR(x, x, E)}
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
89
10: Non-relativistic, Massive, Bosonic Fields
10 Non-relativistic, Massive, Bosonic Fields
Follows exactly same two alternative schemes given above. Only di�erence is in the commu-
tation relations among �eld operators or creation/annihilation operators. Simpler expression
obtained for additive operators 48 does not hold true for bosons though.
Part VI
Non-Relativistic Quantum
Electrodynamics ( QED )
11 Introduction
Non-relativistic electromagnetic �eld quantization is better known as Quantum Optics. The
reason is because non-relativistic quantization of Maxwell equations are mostly useful for
explaining the properties of light and its interaction with materials. A more elaborate
relativistic version of the subject is more commonly known as Quantum Electrodynamics
(QED) and comes under the bigger subject area of QFT of Gauge Fields. QED is mostly
useful for describing electromagnetic interaction between elementary particles. Hence the
name QED is popular among particle physicists. Laser and device people mostly need non-
relativistic version and in this community subject is better known as Quantum Optics (or
sometimes term cavity-QED is also used).
The idea is to get a classical wave equation. Form a Hamiltonian density function and
identify the generalized co-ordinate and conjugate momentum so that Hamilton's equation
of motion gives the classical wave equation (generally its easier to do this in Fourier space).
Elevate the generalized co-ordinate and conjugate momentum to the status of operators and
force a commutation relationship between them. It turns out that only if you force
Bosonic commutation relation you get the correct physics. This equivalent to
postulate that EM �elds are build of Bosons. Obtain quantum mechanical Hamilto-
nian.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
90
12: 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Non-Dispersive Unbounded Medium
12 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Non-Dispersive Un-
bounded Medium
Strictly speaking �elds in material medium can not be called 'free' �elds because �elds do
interact with material atoms and molecules. But in this section we would not call these as
'interactions'. We would use classical Maxwell equations in material medium and quantize
those �elds. Quantized �elds so obtained would be treated as 'free' �elds.
To begin with let us focus on a homogeneous, isotropic, non-dispersive (loss-less), linear
medium. Medium in unbounded and has no sources.
12.1 Classical Fields
12.1.1 Classical Equation of Motion
Maxwell's equation in SI units in such a medium are
~∇. ~E = 0
~∇. ~B = 0
~∇× ~E = −∂~B
∂t
and
~∇× ~B = εµ∂ ~E
∂t
Combining these we get the wave equation
~∇× ~∇× ~E = −εµ∂2 ~E
∂t2
Now using the identity~∇× ~∇× ~E = ~∇(~∇. ~E)− ~∇2 ~E
~∇2 ~E = εµ∂2 ~E
∂t2(78)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
91
12.1 Classical Fields
Assuming harmonic time oscillations ~E ∼ ~E exp(−iωt) 34we get
~∇2 ~E = −εµω2 ~E
Further assuming harmonic space oscillations ~E ∼ ~E exp(i~k.~r) we get the dispersion relation
~k.~k = ω2µε (79)
Since we have assumed non-dispersive lossless medium ~k.~k is real and phase velocity and
group velocity are same.
Note that most general solution can be obtained as spatial and temporal Fourier inverse
(linear superposition of above solutions). Due to the dispersion relation obtained above,
integral reduce to be just one dimensional. Because of the assumed non-dispersion, even the
most general pulse form would travel at phase velocity without distortion.
In non-dispersive loss-less medium plane waves can be both homogeneous or inhomoge-
neous plane waves. Which basically means that the �eld amplitudes in a constant phase
plane may or may not be constant. In concise language, even though ~k.~k is real ~k can have
complex valued components. Note that most general solution is Fourier superposition of
solutions like ~E ∼ ~E exp(i~k.~r − iωt). Only constraint that we have is 79.
Let me use this opportunity and take a little diversion to explain the importance of
inhomogeneous waves in the Fourier integrals, even though they are non-existent for lossless
unbounded media being considered in this section. In an homogeneous plane wave, �eld
vectors ~E and ~B are necessarily perpendicular to the direction of propagation. Further the
two these �eld components are also perpendicular to each other. But both these conditions
are not necessarily obeyed by inhomogeneous plane waves. We can substitute the assumed
plane wave solution in the divergence Maxwell equations to obtain
~k. ~E = 0
~k. ~B = 0 (80)
34Physical �elds are real valued. While this is does not bother us much in classical electrodynamics aswe know how to obtain physically signi�cant results at the end of the calculations, we would have to worryabout the real valued-ness of the �elds before we quantize them. This is very important for us in presentcontext as we are developing a new subject. Quantization complex valued �elds would give nonsense. At thispoint we don't have to worry about this too much. We would talk about it again when we start quantizing�elds.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
92
12.1 Classical Fields
These expressions are indeed true even for complex valued ~k. Even though ~k.~k is real, there
is possibility of complex ~k. For example consider a homogeneous plane wave incident from a
higher refractive index (but non-dispersive, lossless) medium onto a lower index medium at
an oblique incidence greater than the total internal re�ection angle. In such a case, inside
low index medium, kxy would be real but kz would be imaginary (Z axis being perpendicular
to the interface). Now since there are components of ~k that are complex, in which direction
does ~k points? This is determined only by real part of such a component. Hence ~k points
towards kxy. Hence above scalar product equations (divergence Maxwell equations) do not
lead to conclusion that �eld vectors are perpendicular to the direction of propagation. In
fact in the example discussed above, if the incident wave has perpendicular polarization (in
conventional optics language this is also called the s polarization i.e. ~E is perpendicular to
plane of incidence) then two components of ~B �eld in refractive medium are out of phase
and would rotate in a circular path around ~E. This can be show through use of the curl
Maxwell equation. Let us assume that plane of incidence is the XY plane (ky = 0) and ~E
points towards positive Y axis and the incident wave is traveling towards positive Z and X
axises. Then in the low index material, kxBx + kzBz = 0. Also one can easily show that
inside low index material Ex = Ez = 0. Further, the curl equation in the Maxwell equation
gives us~k × ~E = ω ~B (81)
Above curl expression is also correct even when ~k is complex valued. Hence Bx = −kzEy/ωand Bz = kxEy/ω. If kz and kx are real valued then ~B is linear polarized and is perpendicular
to both ~E and ~k. On the other hand, if kz is purely imaginary then Bx would be 90 degrees
out of phase with Ey. Hence ~B would be perpendicular to ~E but NOT perpendicular to ~k.
In fact ~B would revolve around ~E can have nonzero component along ~k. In a general case
these three equation together would decide direction, amplitude and phases of the two �elds.
If ~k is real then we would have homogeneous plane wave. In this case ~E, ~Band ~k are all
perpendicular to each other. In this section we would concentrated on unbounded lossless
media. So ~k is real and superposition of only homogeneous waves provide most general
solution.
12.1.2 In�nite Volume
Let us assume that space is actually periodic with arbitrary cubic unit cell size ax = ay =
az = a in three Cartesian directions. Further let us assume a �nite but very large crystal
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
93
12.1 Classical Fields
size that includes Nx = Ny = Nz = N unit cells in three directions. Let the length of this
crystal be L. Hence aN = L. Also volume V = L3. Now, Bloch theorem dictates that for
the eigen solutions of the wave equation:
~E(~r + ~R, t) = ~E(~r, t) exp(i~k. ~R) (82)
here~R = niaxx+ njayy + nkaz z
It is nice to check the self consistency. Since we can enforce arti�cial periodicity by choosing
arbitrary ~R, Bloch theorem should be obeyed for arbitrary primitive vectors and hence
arbitrary ~R. We know that for system we are considering, plane waves are the eigen solutions.
And they do obey 82. Hence enforcing arti�cial periodicity should not create any problems.
Now we would also enforce periodic boundary conditions because, for very large vol-
ume, system properties should be independent of boundary conditions. Enforcing periodic
boundary conditions we get
exp(i~k.~L) = 1
Hence~kj =
2πnxL
x+2πnyL
y +2πnzL
z
where nx, ny nz are integers which can take values up to N and j → {nx, ny, nz}. Also notethat ∫
V
exp(i~kl.~r) exp(−i~km.~r)d3~r = V δlm
Hence instead of exp(i~kl.~r) we would use 1√V
exp(i~kl.~r) as expansion functions so that they
are orthonormal within the volume considered.
12.1.3 General Solution
Now let us explicitly write the real valued physical �elds. Adding all eigen solutions of
wave equation 78, one can write the general solution as
E(r, t) =1√V
1
2
∑j,p
{Cj exp(−iωjt) exp(ikj.r) + C?j exp(iωjt) exp(−ikj.r)}ep
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
94
12.1 Classical Fields
and
H(r, t) =1√V
√ε
µ
1
2
∑j,p
{Cj exp(−iωjt) exp(ikj.r) + C?j exp(iωjt) exp(−ikj.r)}hp
Note that above �elds are real valued. We are simply taking real part, as done in conventional
classical electrodynamics, by adding the complex conjugate to each expansion term. Here
Cj are complex valued constants. We can also write solutions explicitly in terms of real
valued parameters:
E(r, t) =1√V
∑j,p
Aj cos(kj.r− ωjt+ φ)ep (83)
H(r, t) =1√V
√ε
µ
∑j,p
Aj cos(kj.r− ωjt+ φ)hp
Here, Cj = Aj exp(iφ) where Aj is real valued constant. If we de�ne
Bj(t) = Cj exp(−iωjt)
then we can also write
E(r, t) =1√V
1
2
∑j,p
{Bj exp(ikj.r) +B?j exp(−ikj.r)}ep
and
H(r, t) =1√V
1
2
√ε
µ
∑j,p
{Bj exp(ikj.r) +B?j exp(−ikj.r)}hp
Here Bj are complex valued functions of time (don't confuse with magnetic �elds!).
12.1.4 Classical Hamiltonian
Electromagnetic energy stored in the system is
W =1
2
∫V
d3~r{εE(r, t).E?(r, t) + µH(r, t).H?(r, t)}
Please note that E and H in above expression are real valued (even though we are sticking
with ? notations for future convenience). Hence in the energy expression we have prefactor12and not 1
4as readers might be more familiar with.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
95
12.1 Classical Fields
Now, ∫V
d3~rE(r, t).E?(r, t) =1
2
∑j,p
BjB?j
and ∫V
d3~rH(r, t).H?(r, t) =1
2
ε
µ
∑j,p
BjB?j
Hence
W =1
4ε∑j,p
BjB?j +B?
jBj (84)
Problem of EM �eld quantization is slightly di�erent from other �elds that we have
discussed so far in the sense that in other �elds choice of conjugate variables q and p was
obvious - either because they exactly corresponded to classical co-ordinate and momentum
(as in the case of phonons) or because we knew the Lagrangian density (as in the case of
Schrodinger's equation). With EM �elds, choice is not obvious. We take guide from the
harmonic oscillator problem. Suppose, I want to write the classical Hamiltonian 84 as
W =∑j,p
~ωj2
(b?jbj + bjb?j)
where p indicates polarization. This can easily be done by choosing
Bj =
√2~ωjε
bj
I am interested in de�ning two real valued functions of time Qj and Pj which are proportional
to real and imaginary parts of bj. So let35
Qj =1√2
(bj + b?j)
Pj =− i~√2
(bj − b?j)
bj = (Qj√
2+ i
Pj√2~
)
b?j = (Qj√
2− i Pj√
2~)
35For choices of proportionality constants, check the mnemonics subsection under discussion of phonons.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
96
12.2 Quantization
Hence classical Hamiltonian can be written as
W =∑j,p
~ωj(Q2j
2+P 2j
2~2)
Remembering that Bj = Aj exp(iφj) exp(−iωjt), we can write
Qj(t) =
√2ε
~ωjAj cos(ωjt− φ) (85)
Pj(t) = −~
√2ε
~ωjAj sin(ωjt− φ) (86)
One should compare 85 and 83 and appreciate that Qj(t) basically represents how the real
valued electric �eld oscillates with time. Whereas Pj(t) represents a function which is 90
degrees out of phase.
Lets check if Hamilton's equations are obeyed
−∂W∂Qj
= −~ωjQj = Pj
and∂W
∂Pj=ωjPj
~= qj
Hence, Qj and Pj would satisfy the Hamilton's equations.
12.2 Quantization
In EM �eld case, we are actually doing k space quantization.
[Qj, Pj] = i~
Hence
[bn, b†k] = δn,k
[bn†, b†k] = 0
[bn, bk] = 0
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
97
The quantum mechanical Hamiltonian can simply be obtained by promoting �eld amplitudes
to be operators
H =∑k
~ω{b†kbk +1
2}
Also
E(r, t) =∑j,p
√~ωj2εV{bj exp(ikj.r) + b†j exp(−ikj.r)}ep
and
H(r, t) =
√ε
µ
∑j,p
√~ωj2εV{bj exp(ikj.r) + b†j exp(−ikj.r)}hp
Part VII
'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in
Non-Dispersive, Inhomogeneous Medium
Strictly speaking �elds in material medium can not be called 'free' �elds because �elds do
interact with material atoms and molecules. But in this section we would not call these as
'interactions'. We would use classical Maxwell equations in material medium and quantize
those �elds. Quantized �elds so obtained would be treated as 'free' �elds.
Let us �rst concentrate on non-dispersive and hence loss-less media. Again all material
media are dispersive (through Kramer's Kronig relations) but if we are concentrating on
frequency ranges far away from material resonances, one can assume material to be loss-
less non-dispersive medium with refractive index di�erent from 1. Maxwell's equation in SI
units in such a medium (further assumed source free and non-magnetic) are
∇.E = 0
∇.B = 0
∇× E = −µ0∂H
∂t
and
∇×H = ε∂E
∂t
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
98
Let us say that the classical normal mode expansion gives us (explicitly real valued
�elds)
E(r, t) =1
2
∑j
{Cjηj(t)fj(r) + C∗j η∗j (t)f
∗j (r)}
where
ηj(t) = exp(−iωjt)
and
fj(r) =gj(r)√ε(r)
where gj(r) forms a complete set of orthonormal basis but not fj(r). Hence, mode orthonor-
mality is enforced as ∫ε(r)fj(r).f
∗j′(r)dr = δjj′
Enforcing Maxwell equation
∇× E+j = −µ0
∂H+j
∂t1
2{Cjηj(t)∇× fj(r)} = iωµ0H
+j
Superscript + denotes that we have not made the �elds real valued yet and we are doing
operations on one �component� of real valued �elds. Hence we can write36
H(r, t) =1
2
∑j
−iµ0ωj
{Cjηj(t)∇× fj(r)− C∗j η∗j (t)∇× f∗j (r)}
Now if we de�ne mode oscillation amplitude variable Bj = Cjηj(t) and B∗j = C∗j ηj(t) one
36Incidentally, one should note that enforcing the other curl Maxwell equation one can prove the gj(r)forms a complete set of orthonormal set.
∇×H+j = ε
∂E+j
∂t12−iµ0ωj
Cjηj(t)∇×∇× fj(r) = −iωjεE+j
Cjηj(t)∇×∇× fj(r)2µ0ω2
j ε= E+
j =12Cjηj(t)fj(r)
Hence∇×∇× fj(r)µ0ω2
j ε(r)= fj(r)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
99
can write
E(r, t) =1
2
∑j
{Bjfj(r) +B?j f∗j (r)}
H(r, t) =1
2
∑j
−iµ0ωj
{Bj∇× fj(r)−B?j∇× f∗j (r)}
One should check that if fj(r) = exp(ikj.r)/√ε0 then ∇×fj(r) = (ikj exp(ikj.r)/
√ε0)h hence
we get the same expression as obtained previously if treat coe�cients here are scaled by√ε0.
One can also write the classical Hamiltonian as :-
W =∑
j
1
4B∗jBj +BjB
∗j
But, if want to write it as :-
W =∑
j
~ωj2b∗jbj + bjb
∗j
then we normalize the mode oscillation amplitudes to de�ne normalized mode oscillation
amplitude variable as
bj =
√1
2~ωjBj
and we get
E(r, t) =∑j
√~ωj2{bjfj(r) + b∗j f
∗j (r)}
H(r, t) =∑j
−iµ0
√~
2ωj{bj∇× fj(r)− b∗j∇× f∗j (r)}
The classical Hamiltonian can now be written as
W =∑
j
~ωj2b∗jbj + bjb
∗j
If we write bj = qj + ipj and b∗j = qj − ipj (q and p being real numbers) then we can see
that qj and pj turns out to be generalized co-ordinates and conjugate momentum in the
sense that they satisfy the Hamilton's equation of motion. Note that qj turns out to be
the normalized real mode oscillation electric �eld amplitude. Whereas pj turns
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
100
13: 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Dispersive, Inhomogeneous Medium
out to be normalized real mode oscillation magnetic �eld amplitude. When we
quantize it and elevate qj and pj to the status of operators satisfying Bosonic
commutation relation then one can prove that b†j and bj behaves exactly as the
creation and annihilation operators of a decoupled harmonic oscillator. One can
easily show that these operators obey the Bosonic commutation relations as well.
The fact that this scheme works in which we treat �elds as conjugate variables
should be treated as a postulate of quantum optics.
• H =∑
j ~ωj(b†jbj + 12), Nj = b†jbj
• [b†i , b†j] = 0, [bi, bj] = 0 and [bi, b
†j] = δij
• bj →√nj , b
†j →
√nj + 1
13 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Dispersive, Inhomo-
geneous Medium
Let us say that the classical normal mode expansion gives us :-
E(r, t) =1
2
∑j
Ajηj(t)fj(r) + A∗jη∗j (t)f
∗j (r)
H(r, t) =1
2
∑j
1
µ0
Ajωjκj(t)∇xfj(r) +
A∗jωjκ∗j(t)∇xf ∗j (r)
where
ηj(t) = exp(−iωjt) exp(−ωjt/2Qj)
κ(t) =1
ωj
dηj(t)
dt
Hence approximately,
κj(t) = −i exp(−iωjt) exp(−ωjt/2Qj) = −iηj(t)
Note that the mode orthonormalization is enforced as:-∫ε(r)fj(r)f
∗j′(r)dr = δjj′
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
101
13: 'Free' Electromagnetic Fields in Dispersive, Inhomogeneous Medium
Usually fj =gj√ε. Now if we de�ne mode oscillation amplitude variable Bj = Ajηj(t) and
B∗j = A∗jηj(t) one can write the classical Hamiltonian as :-
W =∑
j
1
4B∗jBj +BjB
∗j
But, if want to write it as :-
W =∑
j
~ωj2b∗jbj + bjb
∗j
then we normalize the mode oscillation amplitudes to de�ne normalized mode oscillation
amplitude variable as
bj = −i
√1
2~ωjBj
and we get
E(r, t) =∑j
i
√~ωj2bjfj(r) +
√~ωj2b∗jf∗j (r)
H(r, t) =∑j
√~
2µ0ωjbj∇× fj(r) +
√~
2µ0ωjb∗j
1
ωj∇× f ∗j (r)
The classical Hamiltonian can now be written as
W =∑
j
~ωj2b∗jbj + bjb
∗j
If we write bj = qj + ipj and b∗j = qj − ipj (q and p being real numbers) then we can see
that qj and pj turns out to be generalized co-ordinates and conjugate momentum in the
sense that they satisfy the Hamilton's equation of motion. Note that qj turns out to be
the normalized real mode oscillation electric �eld amplitude. Whereas pj turns
out to be normalized real mode oscillation magnetic �eld amplitude. When we
quantize it and elevate qj and pj to the status of operators satisfying Bosonic
commutation relation then one can prove that b†j and bj behaves exactly as the
creation and annihilation operators of a decoupled harmonic oscillator. One can
easily show that these operators obey the Bosonic commutation relations as well.
The fact that this scheme works in which we treat �elds as conjugate variables
should be treated as a postulate of quantum optics.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
102
13.1 Coherent States / Poisonian Distribution
• H =∑
j ~ωj(b†jbj + 12), Nj = b†jbj
• [b†i , b†j] = 0, [bi, bj] = 0 and [bi, b
†j] = δij
• bj →√nj , b
†j →
√nj + 1
13.1 Coherent States / Poisonian Distribution
Coherent state is de�ned as an eigen state of annihilation operator (non Hermitian)b. Eigen
values would be complex valued. Apriori we don't even know that these eigen states exist
but this proved below. Let us work with single optical mode. Suppose eigen state in
Fock basis is written as
|v〉 =∞∑n=0
cn|n〉
and
b|v〉 ≡ v|v〉 (87)
where v can be a complex number. One can easily get an equation that says
∞∑n=1
cn√n|n− 1〉 = v
∞∑n=0
cn|n〉
we know that |n〉 forms a complete set of orthogonal states. Hence one get a recursion
relation between cn. So one can �nally write every coe�cient in terms of one coe�cient c0
and get
|v〉 = c0
n=∞∑n=0
vn√n!|n〉
We can also eliminate c0 by normalizing the state
|v〉 = exp(−|v|2/2)n=∞∑n=0
vn√n!|n〉
Interesting thing to note is that |v = 0〉 ≡ |n = 0〉. Hence the vacuum state is same as
the coherent state with associated eigen value of v = 0. hence vacuum state can either be
treated as coherent state or the Fock state. Also note that
P (n) = |〈n|v〉|2 =|v|2n
n!exp(−|v|2/2)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
103
13.1 Coherent States / Poisonian Distribution
and
〈v|n|v〉 =∑n
nP (n) = |v|2
Even for very small mean number of photons (except for zero) in the single mode, there is
always �nite probability of �nding very large number of photons in this mode.
Also not that according to the de�nition 87, application of annihilation operator on
coherent state leaves the state intact (apart from a factor). Hence even if photons are
absorbed from coherent state, state remains coherent.
Since almost all photo detection and measurement process involves absorption of photons,
annihilation operator has a special signi�cance. And so does the coherent state.
One can also write coherent state as
|v〉 = exp(−|v|2/2)n=∞∑n=0
vnb†n√n!|0〉 = exp(−|v|2/2) exp(vb†)|0〉
One should note that
exp(−v?b)|0〉 = |0〉
hence we can write
|v〉 = exp(−|v|2/2) exp(vb†) exp(−v?b)|0〉
Using Campbell-Baker-Hausdor� theorem one can show that
exp(−|v|2/2) exp(vb†) exp(−v?b) = exp(vb† − v?b) = D(v)
hence
|v〉 = D(v)|0〉
For q representation of coherent state
Ψv(q) ={
(ω
π~)1/4 exp(Im(v))
}exp
{− ω
2~[q − (
2~ω
)1/2v]
}Hence we see that the coherent state is similar to Gaussian function where the peak is shifted
by complex distance (2~ω
)1/2v. Since v = 0 is vacuum state, we can see why we call coherent
state as displaced vacuum state.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
104
13.1 Coherent States / Poisonian Distribution
Coherent state evolves in time as
|Ψ(t)〉 = exp(−iωt/2) exp(−iωtn)|v〉
using Fock representation for coherent state one can immediately see that
|Ψ(t)〉 = exp(−iωt/2)|v exp(−iωt)〉
which is just another coherent state.
Glauber-Sudarshan representation of arbitrary EM �eld state says that any state can
represented as
ρ =
∫φ(v)|v〉〈v|d2v
where ρis the density matrix. Because ρis Hermitian , φ(v) would be real valued. One should
remember that |v〉 are not orthogonal and hence such an expansion should be interpreted
carefully. It is generally said that when φ(v) behaves like a probability distribution (non-
negative) then light can be considered in classical state. Obviously for a coherent state φ(v)
would be 2D delta function. For random phase single mode laser light (generally intensity
is stable and does not vary, but phase shows random �uctuations and drifts in time). Then
one can write φ(v) = 12πr0
δ(|v| − r0). Since phase of v does not appear in this equation it is
understood to be distributed uniformly from 0 to 2π. Similarly for single mode of thermal
light φ(v) = 1π〈n〉 exp(−|v|2/〈n〉).
13.1.1 Properties of Fock states
One can easily show
〈n|b|n〉 = 〈n|b†|n〉 = 0
〈n|q|n〉 = 〈n|p|n〉 = 0
〈n|q2|n〉 = (~/ω)(n+1
2)
〈n|p2|n〉 = ~ω(n+1
2)
Hence product of standard deviations from mean values {〈(q − 〈q〉)2〉}1/2= {〈q2〉}1/2
and
{〈p2〉}1/2would be equal to ~(n+ 1
2). So product of uncertainties increases as the excitation
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
105
13.2 Heisenberg Representation of Field Operators
is increased.
Fock states in q representation can be written as Hermit-Gaussian polynomials.
13.1.2 Phase Operator
We try to design an operator that can give us phase of oscillation. We de�ne the phase
operator as
ζ ≡ ˆexp(iφ) ≡ 1
(n+ 1/2)1/2b
and then we de�ne cosine and sine operators
C =1
2
{ζ + ζ†
}S =
1
2i
{ζ − ζ†
}13.1.3 Operator Theorems
One can easily prove
exp(ipx)q exp(ipx) = q + x
Suppose we de�ne displacement operator as
D = vb† − v?b
then
exp(−D)b exp(D) = b+ v
and
exp(−D)b† exp(D) = b† + v?
13.2 Heisenberg Representation of Field Operators
14 Optical Coherence Theory
14.1 De�nitions
Stochastic or Random Process In non mathematical terms a stochastic or a random
process is a set (or an ensemble) of space-time functions. Suppose we are looking at a beam
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
106
14.1 De�nitions
of light. Suppose we concentrate on electric �eld oscillations with time at one space point
only. Let this time evolution be written as fi(t). Now if we do the same experiment again,
we may not get the same time evolution again � we may get fj(t). Collection or ensemble
of all such functions would be called a stochastic or a random process.
One can also call random process a collection of random variables. So a set of values for
a �xed j {fi(tj)} are di�erent possible outcomes of electric �eld measurement at �xed time
and �xed space. In this language we can treat f(t = tj) as a random variable.
Stationary Random Process We might be able to de�ne statistical properties like mean,
variance etc. of a random variable f(t = tj). Now these same quantities can be de�ned for
all random variables in a random process � that means we can de�ne mean variance etc.
at each instance of time. To be more speci�c, I measure electric �eld amplitude at �xed
space and time point by repeating the experiment many times. I take average of all values
received. Now if I do the same same thing for a di�erent instance of time, what would be
the result? Would the statistical values be equal? May be or may not be. If they are then
we call it a stationary random process.
In fact, all statistical properties should remain independent of time. That means prob-
ability density function P (fi(t = tj)) ∀i should be independent of tj (this is actually called
�rst order stationary random process).
Now let us look at a little bit more complicated situation. Suppose we look at joint
probability density function P (fi(t = tk), fj(t = tl)) ∀i, j. If it turns out that this joint
probability density function is same as P (fi(t = tk + τ), fj(t = tl + τ)) ∀i, j for any value of
τ then it would mean that absolute value of time does not matter. Joint probability density
function only depends on the di�erence between times at which two random variables are
measured. Such a process is called second order stationary random process. For a
second order stationary process, the auto-correlation function becomes an important quantity
to study.
A random process is called strict sense stationary (SSS) random process if all types of
probability density functions are independent of absolute value of time and only depends on
relative values of time.
One also de�nes a wide sense stationary (WSS) random process, for which we de�ne that
mean of a random variable is independent at which instance of time it is measured and the
auto-correlation function is only dependent on the relative time instances. Note that, by
de�nition, all second order stationary processes are WSS but reverse is not true.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
107
14.2 Coherence
Macroscopically Stationary or Steady Light Macroscopically stationary or steady
light is one which does not exhibit any �uctuations in �elds at macroscopic time scales.
Basically �uctuations can be represented as stationary random process whose mean period
and correlation time are much shorter than averaging interval needed to make an observa-
tion. Generally speaking, if you look at one possible time evolution of light at one space
time (basically one signal out of ensemble of signals in the random process), then there
would be very fast oscillating noise (much much faster than the mean frequency of light).
In a macroscopically stationary light, this noise averages to zero. Moreover this noise is
completely second-order uncorrelated. So if fi(t) is one evolution in the ensemble then we
can write this as fi(t) = gi(t) + ni(t) where ni(t) is the microscopic fast oscillating noise.
Now we are claiming that the ensemble mean〈ni(t)〉i is zero and is independent of t and also
〈ni(t)ni(t + τ)〉i is zero for all τ (greater than a very small value) and is independent of t.
Please note that light can still have macroscopically detectable noise which is part of gi(t).
Concept can be understood more easily if we assume ergodicity. In that case we can
replace ensemble averages with time averages. So if look at one possible time evolution fi(t)
out of the ensemble, then very fast oscillating ni(t) averages to zero within a very small
interval of time. Also time average ni(t)ni(t + τ) is zero as soon as τ is greater than an
extremely small number.
Quasi-monochromatic Light If the spectral bandwidth of the light is much smaller than
the average frequency than we that light is quasi-monochromatic.
14.2 Coherence
In standard books, authors separately de�ne concepts of longitudinal coherence (also known
as temporal coherence) and transverse coherence (also known as spatial coherence). Strictly
speaking, these concepts are interlinked and can not be de�ned separately. Maxwell's equa-
tions links the longitudinal and transverse propagation of light and hence coherence proper-
ties in both direction are interleaved.
Temporal coherence is manifestation of two-time correlation (ensemble averaged) between
�eld values measured at the same space point. For stationary �elds this two time correlation
function only depends on the di�erence between two time instances. Hence its a function
of only one time variable. Basic idea is that if are interested in time oscillation correlations
(ensemble averaged) at one spatial point only, then just by Fourier transform, this can be
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
108
14.2 Coherence
related to the temporal spectrum of the �eld at the same space point37.
On the other hand, spatial coherence is manifestation of two-space point correlation
(ensemble averaged) between �eld values measured at two di�erent space points but at same
instance of time.
From practical point of view, we do not actually measure ensemble averages but we
measure time averages. All detectors do some sort of time averaging (time averaging period
is usually much larger than the mean time period of oscillation of the light �eld). For ergodic
�elds ensemble averages can be replaced by time averages. So assuming that optical �elds
are ergodic, when interference patterns are recorded by detectors, we are in fact recording
correlation functions.
In most simple interference experiments, we always detect net �elds at single spatial
points only. So in that sense we are mostly recording two time correlation functions. But
in some experiments (like Young's double slit experiment) this two time correlation can
be traced back to two-space-point correlation functions. So we say that these experiments
manifest the spatial coherence of the light. Whereas in some experiments (like thin �lm inter-
ference or Michelson interference) we are actually measuring two time correlation function.
So we say that these experiments manifests temporal coherence of the light.
14.2.1 Complex Degree of Coherence
Let V (r, t) is a complex valued analytic function whose real part represents certain light �eld
component. One can de�ne the cross-correlation (known as mutual coherence function)
as
Γ(r1, r2; t1, t2) = 〈V ?(r1, t1)V (r2, t2)〉ensemble
For stationary processes one can write
Γ(r1, r2; τ) = 〈V ?(r1, t)V (r2, t+ τ)〉ensemble
And moreover, for ergodic �elds, one can replace the ensemble average by time averaging
Γ(r1, r2; τ) = 〈V ?(r1, t)V (r2, t+ τ)〉time = LimT→∞1
2T
∫ +T
−TdtV ?(r1, t)V (r2, t+ τ)
37Generally speaking, one should also be able to relate this to the temporal spectrum of the extendeduniform homogeneous source itself.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
109
14.2 Coherence
One can normalize the mutual coherence function to de�ne a quantity γ(r1, r2; τ) known as
complex degree of coherence
γ(r1, r2; τ) =Γ(r1, r2; τ)
(Γ(r1, r1; 0))1/2(Γ(r2, r2; 0))1/2
From interference measurements, one can determine the real part of γ. But since γ is an
analytic function, its real part is related to its imaginary part through Hilbert transform pair.
In typical interference experiments, the visibility of fringes is related to the absolute value
of γ. One can also de�ne equal time correlation (ETCR) functions J(r1, r2) = Γ(r1, r2; 0)
and j(r1, r2) = γ(r1, r2; 0). These terms are typically known as mutual intensities.
One can also de�ne cross-spectral density function W (r1, r2; ν) as
W (r1, r2; ν)δ(ν − ν ′) = 〈V ?(r1, ν)V (r2, ν′)〉ensemble
where V is the spectral Fourier transform of V . It turns out that cross-spectral density
function is simply the Fourier transform of mutual coherence function Γ(r1, r2; τ). That
is W = FΓ. This is known as Wiener-Khintchine theorem. One can also de�ne a
normalized cross-spectral density function µ(r1, r2; ν) which is known as spectral degree
of coherence at frequency ν
µ(r1, r2; ν) =W (r1, r2, ν)
W 1/2(r1, r, ν)W 1/2(r2, r2, ν)
It turns out that µ 6= Fγ.
One can easily show that
∇21V (r1, t1) =
1
c2
∂2V (r1, t1)
dt21
∇22V (r2, t2) =
1
c2
∂2V (r2, t2)
dt22
Hence, it is straightforward to show that
∇21Γ(r1, r2; t1, t2) =
1
c2
∂2Γ(r1, r2; t1, t2)
dt21
∇22Γ(r1, r2; t1, t2) =
1
c2
∂2Γ(r1, r2; t1, t2)
dt22
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
110
14.2 Coherence
For stationary �elds then
∇21Γ(r1, r2; τ) =
1
c2
∂2Γ(r1, r2; τ)
d2τ
∇22Γ(r1, r2; τ) =
1
c2
∂2Γ(r1, r2; τ)
d2τ
And with temporal Fourier transforms
∇21W (r1, r2; ν) = −k2W (r1, r2; ν)
∇22W (r1, r2; ν) = −k2W (r1, r2; ν)
where k = 2πν/c. This clearly shows the coupling between spatial and temporal coherence.
Light emitted by a spatial incoherent quasi-monochromatic source, would acquire some spa-
tial coherence in far �eld as it propagates.
Longitudinal Coherence (Temporal coherence related toγ(r1, r1; τ)) Let us us say
we considering a beam of light emitted by a very small source. Light is quasi-monochromatic
and is macroscopically steady.
Formation of fringes in a Michelson interferometer is considered as manifestation of tem-
poral coherence. This is because existence of fringes means that �elds at same space point but
at two di�erent times are correlated. Experimentally one would see fringes only if ∆t∆ν ≤ 1
where ∆t is relative delay introduce by the interferometer between two beams. We de�ne
1/∆ν as the coherence time and c/∆ν as longitudinal coherence length.
If Young's double slit experiment is done with a point source or a line source, this would
also manifest the temporal coherence e�ects. Field oscillations at two slits would now always
be in sync. But as we look at higher order maxima on the screen, the path length di�erence
from slits to screen may exceed the longitudinal coherence length. This e�ect can be removed
if we place a narrow band �lter after the double slits.
As the bandwidth of the source increases (decreasing temporal coherence), interference
fringes would seem to be lost. This is simply because eye can not di�erentiate colors very
well. Temporal coherence e�ects can be rigorously studied in Fourier domain. If modal
decomposition is done, and each frequency interference pattern is simulated we would not
see any coherence e�ects. Each spectral mode is completely coherent and hence generates
perfect fringes. In white light, fringes seem to be lost because of superposition of these
perfect colored fringes. If a spectrometer is used to resolve the �eld pattern generated by
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
111
14.2 Coherence
light from a point white source passing through double slit on the screen, one can see these
perfect fringes. This is called Edser-Butler bands and spectrum is known as channeled
spectrum(author?) [1].
Incandescent sources (e.g. heated �lament) or gas discharge sources with higher spectral
purity typically have longitudinal coherence length of the order of 3m whereas well stabilized
laser its can be as large as 30km. (typically HeNe laser 10m, red line of Cadmium lamp
0.2m, and ~100um for white light). Longitudinal coherence length of solar radiation is about
250nm.
Transverse Coherence (Spatial coherence related to γ(r1, r2, τ ∼ τ0)) Spatial co-
herence is described through another kind of interference experiment - Young's double slit
interference experiment. In this we consider an extended thermal source. Spatial coherence
deals with correlation between the light �elds reaching at one point from two di�erent space
points. In Young's double slit experiment, appearance of fringes would manifest that there
is spatial coherence between two light �elds coming from two pinholes at one point of the
observation screen. This fact then gets related to fact that the �elds reaching at two spatially
separated slits from an extended source should be co-related.
We claim that �elds reaching two slits of the experiment from an extended source would
be co-related with each other. Consider two point sources within the extended light source.
And consider two slits of the experiment. Now light reaching at two slits from one of the
point sources would be co-related (because of assumed temporal coherence) if the path length
di�erence is smaller than the longitudinal coherence length. Similarly light reaching from
the second point source at two slits would be correlated. Key concept here is that light
�elds reaching at one slit from two point source are NOT correlated because point
sources in extended source are supposed to be statistically independent. Despite this fact
the total �eld at two slits would be correlated.
Now if the size of the extended source is increased then path length di�erence would
increase and fringes would dis-appear (due to quasi-monochromaticity). This can also be
understood alternatively. One can think each point source generating an intensity fringe
pattern on the screen. Due to symmetry consideration, di�erent point sources would generate
interference patterns that are spatially separated from each other. They averages out and
fringe patterns disappear.
If source is of squared shape with one length ∆s and if two slits subtends and angle ∆θ at
the center of the source then fringes would appear if ∆θ∆s ≤ λ where λ is mean wavelength.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
112
14.3 Coherence and Power Spectrum
Note that one can try to do this double slit experiment with solar light provided one uses
a bandpass �lter (before the double slits38) to remove the temporal coherence e�ects. One
would �nd that, based on the angle sun subtends at earth, area in which fringes would be
visible (hence, one can de�ne a parameter called transverse coherence length) on the screen
would be extremely small. Whereas one can see better fringes from stars that are much
farther because they would behave more like single point sources.
14.2.2 Typical Interference Experiments
• Wavefront division
• Amplitude division
14.3 Coherence and Power Spectrum
Coherence and power spectrum are related terms. In quantum optics, spectrum becomes a
very confusing term at �rst sight. Let me explain this a bit further. Suppose I am looking
at single mode of �free� EM �eld. Basically it's a vacuum mode. What I mean by �free�
�eld is that we are also looking at a closed system of only optical �elds, so Hamiltonian is
time independent. There might be a cavity, so that free �eld mode pro�le can be di�erent
from a plane wave. But there is no interaction with anything and closed system consists of
only photons in this single mode. So this single mode is actually energy eigen state of the
complete system. Keep in mind that we looking at a single mode (for example all other modes
might have very di�erent frequencies). Now quantum mechanically we can have di�erent
number of photons in this mode. We may even have quantum mechanical uncertainties in
number of photons in this mode. So if we measure a power spectrum what would we get?
Classically one may try to imagine a sequence of pulses with di�erent amplitude (to simulate
di�erent number of photons) but same local frequency (to simulate single monochromatic
mode behavior). But if we Fourier transform such a train of pulses, signal would have a
broad spectrum. So does signal really have a broad spectrum? Remember we are looking
at monochromatic mode. Answer is no, signal would not have broad spectrum (assuming
we are looking at a closed system). Right way to picture the situation is to imagine many
38If �lter is put after the slits, temporal coherence e�ect can be removed but not the spatial coherencee�ects. So if the size of the source is extended, interference pattern would indeed be lost. On the other handif monochromaticity of the light is reduced (accordingly size of the source is reduce to achieve same spatialcoherence), interference pattern would remain same.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
113
monochromatic plane wave with di�erent amplitudes. And system is in linear superposition
of all these. Hence spectrum is really a delta function. Quantum mechanically, best way
to describe signal spectrum is to de�ne it as Fourier transform of auto correlation function
between �eld operators. One can explicitly show that for a closed system, magnitude of auto
correlation function is constant and hence spectrum is a delta function.
Now let us consider a slightly more complicated system. Suppose our closed system
consists of photons and a few interacting atoms. Total Hamiltonian is still time independent.
But now the single mode of EM �eld does not represent the energy eigen state of the system.
But we only want to look at photon states. System states might actually be entangled. So
how do we separate photon states only? We can do this by using reduced density matrices.
Basic idea is that now correlation would be function of t as well as τ . In other words
spectrum would be time dependent. One may be able to approximate this some how as time
independent spectrum but even then we would have broad power spectrum.
Almost all optical detectors work by absorbing photons. Hence any power spectrum
analyzer would have to have absorbers.
Part VIII
Relativistic Quantum Field Theories (
QFT )
15 Klein Gordon (KG) Field
15.1 Derivation of 'Classical' KG Field
Klein-Gordon equation is the most simple relativistic quantum equation. Let us see how one
can obtain KG equation following standard quantization rule. We know that ~p.~p+m2 = E2.
In 4-vector notations
pµpµ = m2
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
114
15.1 Derivation of 'Classical' KG Field
where momentum 4-vector is de�ned as
pµ ≡ {E, p1, p2, p3}
Remember that corresponding contravariant 4-vector would have negative signs with last
three entries
pµ ≡ {E,−p1,−p2,−p3}
Hence
pµpµ = E2 − ~p.~p = m2
One then does the standard quantization (need the energy operator as well, see below) and
obtains
−~2∂µ∂µ = m2
In natural units (~ = 1,c = 1) above equation is written as
−∂µ∂µ = m2
This is the KG equation. Writing it in standard form
−∇2 +m2 = − ∂2
∂t2
Alternative way of obtaining the above equation (which follows the standard quantization
more closely) is as follows.
H = i~∂
∂t
Hence
H2 = −~2 ∂2
∂t2
Now in relativistic quantum mechanics H2 = p2 +m2. Converting p to operator and plugging
in the above equation one can again get the KG equation. Only di�erence from standard
quantization technique is that one needs square of energy as there is square root involved.
This is the starting points of all troubles in relativistic quantum mechanics.
There were lots of problems with the KG equation. That's the reason for which initially
it was discarded. We now know that it is correct equation for spin zero bosons like pions39.
39Scalar real valued KG �eld would represent neutral pions. Charged pions would be represented by scalarcomplex valued KG �eld. Note that charge comes out as a conserved quantity due to a symmetry of complex
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
115
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
We now know how to interpret the peculiarities of this equation. Major problem with this
equation is that it can accept both positive and negative energies. We would see that this
can be interpreted as anti-particle states. If one interprets 2 as probabilities then one gets
into the trouble of negative probabilities. We will discuss the Noether's theorem latter.
Basically its a continuity equation. From the continuity equation one obtains the correct
interpretation of probabilities and densities associated with the Ψ. We would then interpret2 as charge density.
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
15.2.1 Classical Hamiltonian and Lagrangian
A free-space KG equation is written as
(−∇2 +m2)Ψ(x, t) = −∂2Ψ(x, t)
∂t2
First of all, we want to �nd the Lagrangian density function L(Ψ(x), ˙Ψ(x), ∂Ψ(x), t) so that
we can �nd the conjugate momentum variable π(x) which is conjugate to Ψ(x). Note that
we are already working in generalized co-ordinate system. I would sometime drop the
explicit time dependence from Ψ(x, t) for smaller notations, spatial dependence is usually
kept to speci�cally indicate that we dealing with continuum version of in�nite set of general-
ized variables. We start by selecting Ψ(x) as in�nite set of generalized co-ordinate variable.
This choice is never unique. The choice of Lagrangian density is never unique as well.
We should be able to �nd a function so that the associated Lagrange's equation is the above
KG �eld equation. Let us try (we would justify that this is one of the many possible valid
choices) :-
L(Ψ(x), Ψ(x), ∂Ψ(x), t) =1
2Ψ2 − 1
2(∇Ψ)2 − 1
2m2Ψ2 (88)
values scalar KG �eld which is known as gauge invariance. Why this conserved quantity is identi�ed withelectric charge is a bit involved issue. See Chapter 3 in the book �Quantum Field Theory� by Lewis H.Ryder. One may also try to introduce a vector (a Euclidean vector in real 3D space) complex valued �eld.But this equation has problems under Lorentz transformations and one needs to move to Dirac equation.One then realizes that vector nature of �eld represents spin. One should note that even the complex scalar�eld can be treated as two-component real valued scalar �elds. And one may want to call it a vector �eld.But note that this vector space has noting to do with rotational symmetry in real physical 3D space.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
116
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
The Euler-Lagrange's equation of motion would be :-
d
dt(
∂L
∂ ˙(Ψ(x))) +∇(
∂L
∂(∇Ψ(x))))− ∂L
∂Ψ(x)= (
∂2
∂t2−∇2 +m2)Ψ(x) = 0
Which is exactly same as the KG equation. Hence, above expression for Lagrange density is
one of the many possible acceptable expressions. From L we can easily obtain π(x) (variable
conjugate to Ψ(x)) as follows :-
π(x) ≡ ∂L
∂ ˙(Ψ(x))= Ψ(x) (89)
And we can now construct the Hamiltonian density :-
H(Ψ(x), π(x),∇(Ψ(x))t) ≡ π(x) ˙Ψ(x)− L =1
2π2 +
1
2(∇Ψ)2 +
1
2m2Ψ2 (90)
If we move to energy eigen basis, we can �nd a more convenient expression for Hamiltonian
density. So let try that �rst.
15.2.2 Ψ(x, t) Field in Momentum and Energy Basis
One can easily check that the energy eigen states of free-space KG equation are (we still
have to add solutions to make them real valued) :-
ΨE(x, t) = A exp(ipx− iEt)
where,
E = ±√m2 + p2 = ±Ep
Here Ep is always a positive number. Note that for one value of p, there are two
values of E possible - one positive and one negative (classical KG �eld theory does not have
any acceptable justi�cation for negative energies). Hence we note that classical �eld can be
written as a general superposition of all possible modes :-
Ψ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(91)
The factors of 2π have been included just because of conventions. These can be dumped
into Ψ+ and Ψ− which we anyway would-re normalize latter on. Above can also be written
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
117
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
as:
Ψ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{f(p, t) exp(ipx)} (92)
where,
f(p, t) = Ψ+(p) exp(−iEpt) + Ψ−(p) exp(iEpt) (93)
Note that 92 is exactly a spatial Fourier transform. Which is also same as expanding Ψ(x, t)
in momentum basis. Note that energy basis expansion needs two expansion coe�cient for
one |E| (or for one p) but momentum space expansion needs only one coe�cient. Ψ+(p)
and Ψ−(p) would be recognized as energy mode amplitudes and f(p, t) as momentum mode
amplitude of �eld Ψ(x).
Let us restrict our analysis for the time being to only those solutions which are real-
valued. More generic complex valued solutions and their interpretations would be seen
latter. Hence:
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗−(p) exp(−ipx) exp(−iEpt)}
This can also be re-written as
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ−(−p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗−(−p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}
Hence:
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ+(p)−Ψ∗−(−p)} exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)
=1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p)−Ψ−(−p)} exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)
This would be true only if
Ψ+(p)−Ψ∗−(−p) = 0
or (and)
Ψ∗+(p)−Ψ−(−p) = 0 (94)
This is an important result. It shows that the restriction that the �eld Ψ(x, t) is
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
118
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
real ensures that the mode amplitude of negative energy state is always related
to the mode amplitude of positive energy state. With this, one can write 91 as:
Ψ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(95)
15.2.3 π(x,t) Field in Momentum and Energy Basis
Di�erentiating 95 with respect to time and using 89:
π(x, t) =−iEp
2π{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} −
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(96)
Which can also be written as:
π(x, t) =−iEp
2π{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}−
∫dp{Ψ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)} (97)
And analogy to 92, we can also write
π(x, t) =−iEp
2π
∫dp{g(p, t) exp(ipx)} (98)
where,
g(p, t) = Ψ+(p) exp(−iEpt)−Ψ−(p) exp(iEpt) (99)
With this, we have been able to write the generalized co-ordinate and its conjugate
momentum as B+B? and B−B? just as in the case of single Harmonic oscillator case. We
would see latter how these two parts of solution gets converted to creation and annihilation
operators and how Hamiltonian gets 'factorized' and subsequently diagonalized when we do
the quantization in the next section.
15.2.4 Classical Hamiltonian in Momentum and Energy Basis
One should notice that the classical Hamiltonian (not density) can be written as :
H =
∫dx{1
2π2 +
1
2(∇Ψ)2 +
1
2m2Ψ2} =
∫dp
1
4π{E2 +p2 +m2}{Ψ+(p)Ψ∗+(p)+Ψ∗+(p)Ψ+(p)}
(100)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
119
15.2 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Real Valued Scalar KG Field
Or,
H =
∫dp
1
2πE2{Ψ+(p)Ψ∗+(p) + Ψ∗+(p)Ψ+(p)} (101)
Suppose we want to write the classical Hamiltonian as
H =
∫dp
1
2π
Ep2{Ψ+(p)Ψ∗+(p) + Ψ∗+(p)Ψ+(p)} (102)
This can easily be done by de�ning new normalized:
Ψ+(p)|old →Ψ+(p)|new√
2Ep(103)
15.2.5 Field Expansions in Normalized Variables
Ψ(x, t) =1
2π√
2Ep{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
∫dp{Ψ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=1
2π√
2Ep{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=1
2π
∫dp{f(p, t) exp(ipx)} (104)
where,
f(p, t) =1√2Ep{Ψ+(p) exp(−iEpt) + Ψ−(p) exp(iEpt)} (105)
π(x, t) =−i√Ep/2
2π{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} −
∫dp{Ψ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=−i√Ep/2
2π{∫dp{Ψ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} −
∫dp{Ψ∗+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
=1
2π
∫dp{g(p, t) exp(ipx)} (106)
where,
g(p, t) = −i√Ep/2{Ψ+(p) exp(−iEpt)−Ψ−(p) exp(iEpt)} (107)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
120
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
15.2.6 Inverse Transforms
One can also try to �nd the inverse expansions by exploiting the orthonormality of exponen-
tials: ∫dxΨ(x, t) exp(−iqx) =
1√2Eq{Ψ+(q) exp(−iEqt) + Ψ∗+(−q) exp(iEqt)}
∫dxπ(x, t) exp(−iqx) = −i
√Eq2{Ψ+(q) exp(−iEqt)−Ψ∗+(−q) exp(iEqt)}
Adding and subtracting above two expressions:
Ψ+(q) exp(−iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eq2
Ψ(x, t) +i√2Eq
π(x, t)} exp(−iqx) (108)
Ψ∗+(−q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eq2
Ψ(x, t)− i√2Eq
π(x, t)} exp(−iqx)
This last expression can also be written as:
Ψ∗+(q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eq2
Ψ(x, t)− i√2Eq
π(x, t)} exp(iqx) (109)
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
15.3.1 Quantized Field Operators
With this much of background preparations we are now ready to do the standard quan-
tization. One can do the standard quantization in real space (obviously with generalized
co-ordinates though) by converting the in�nite set of time dependent real space co-ordinates
and corresponding conjugate momenta � Ψ(x, t) and π(x, t) � into time independent (in
Schrodinger's picture) Hermitian operators Ψ(x) and π(x) and enforcing standard com-
mutation relation between these:
[Ψ(x), Ψ(y)] = 0
[π(x), π(y)] = 0
[Ψ(x), π(y)] = iδ(x− y) (110)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
121
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
Note that the right hand side on the last expression a delta function (not a Kronecker delta).
Delta function is de�ned such that δ(x−y) = 0 ∀x 6= y and such that∫δ(x−y)dx = 1. After
doing this, we notice from 108 and 109 that even the of energy mode expansion coe�cients
Ψ+(p) exp(−iEpt) and Ψ∗+(p) exp(iEpt) get converted into operators :
a(p) =
∫dx{√Eq2
Ψ(x) +i√2Eq
π(x)} exp(−ipx) (111)
a†(p) =
∫dx{√Eq2
Ψ(x)− i√2Eq
π(x)} exp(ipx) (112)
One can easily check that indeed 112 is the adjoint of 111 as direct consequence of ˆΨ(x)
and π(x) being the Hermitian operators by de�nition. We would see below that these new
operators actually behave as creation and annihilation operators and the Hamiltonian can
easily be written in diagonal forms with their help. Using 111 and 112 one can easily check
that
[a(p), a(q)] = 0
[a†(p), a†(q)] = 0
[a(p), a†(q)] = δ(p− q) (113)
Note that the right hand side on the last expression a Kronecker delta function (not a
delta function). Kronecker delta function is de�ned such that δ(x − y) = 0 ∀x 6= y and
δ(x− y) = 1 for x = y. Also, from 105 and 107, the momentum mode expansion coe�cients
also get converted to operators:
f(p) =1√2Ep{a(p) + a†(−p)} (114)
g(p) = −i√Ep/2{a(p)− a†(−p)} (115)
Please note that these operators are not Hermitian. The commutation relation between
these operators can also be easily evaluated:
[f(p), g(q)] =−i2{−[a(p), a†(−q)] + [a†(p), a(−q)]} =
−i2{−(δ(p+ q)) + (−δ(p+ q))}
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
122
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
[f(p), g(q)] = iδ(p+ q)
Also inverse transformations can readily be calculated as well:
Ψ(x) =1
2π
∫dp{ 1√
2Ep}{a(p) exp(ipx) + a†(p) exp(−ipx)} (116)
π(x) =1
2π
∫dp{−i
√Ep/2}{a(p) exp(ipx)− a†(p) exp(−ipx)} (117)
Its good to see that these operators are certainly Hermitian as we initially de�ned them to
be.
15.3.2 Quantum Hamiltonian
Now the quantum version of Hamiltonian can be found starting from 141:
H =
∫dp
1
2π
Ep2{a(p)a†(p) + a†(p)a(p)}
=
∫dp
1
2πEp{a†(p)a(p) +
1
2[a(p), a†(p)]} (118)
=
∫dp
1
2πEp{a†(p)a(p) +
1
2δ(0)} (119)
In the last expression we have used the 113 derived above. Note that the second term on
the right hand sign sums to in�nity. Since its a constant energy term, we would throw out
this term. Note that in most physical problems only energy di�erence is of concern. There
are some places where in�nite energy of ground state can lead to problems but we would not
encounter any such situation in this article. Hence we would write:
H =
∫dp
1
2πEp{a†(p)a(p)} (120)
15.3.3 Number State basis
15.3.3.1 Ground State
15.3.3.2 Higher States of De�nite Particle Number Now let us try to explore some
properties of a†(p) and a(p) operators. Suppose |φ〉 is a known eigen state of Hamiltonian
de�ned in 168. So that H|φ〉 = E|φ〉. a†(q)|φ〉 would be some state in the same Hilbert
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
123
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
space. Let us operate Hamiltonian on this state. So∫dp
1
2πEpa
†(p)a(p)a†(q)|φ〉 =
∫dp
1
2πEpa
†(p)(δ(p− q) + a†(q)a(p))|φ〉
=
∫dp
1
2πEp(δ(p− q)a†(p) + a†(p)a†(q)a(p))|φ〉
=
∫dp
1
2πEp(δ(p− q)a†(p) + a†(q)a†(p)a(p))|φ〉
=
∫dp{ 1
2πEp(δ(p− q)a†(p)|φ〉}+ a†(q)E|φ〉
= Eqa†(q)|φ〉+ a†(q)E|φ〉
= (E + Eq)a†(q)|φ〉
Hence, a†(q)|φ〉 is also an energy eigen state (with energy of E + Eq) of the Hamiltonian.
Similarly we can show that a(q)|φ〉 is also an energy eigen state (with energy of E − Eq) ofthe Hamiltonian. More concise mathematical prove is to show that:
[H, a†(p)] = Epa†(p) (121)
and
[H, a(p)] = −Epa(p) (122)
Above two properties guarantee that proposed a†(p) and a(p) indeed behave like creation
and annihilation operators respectively.
15.3.3.3 Orthonormality and Completeness
15.3.4 Coherent and Squeezed States
Let us look at following state (this actually Poisonian is a coherent state as we would show)
:
|ψc〉 = exp(ca†(p))|0〉 =∞∑i=0
{ci(a†(p))i
i!}|0〉
Here c is a complex number. Now, we also know that
|n(p)〉 =1√n(p)!
(a†(p))n(p)|0〉
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
124
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
Hence state |Ψc〉 can be written as
|Ψc〉 =∞∑i=0
cn(p)√n(p)!
|n(p)〉
We notice that in one single classical momentum mode we have an inde�nite number of
particles. The probability amplitude of �nding certain number of particles has Poisonian
distribution. We would then like to study U(t ← 0)|Ψc〉. This would justify that, indeed,
the above constructed state is a coherent state.
15.3.5 Heisenberg Representation
Using 169, one can generalize that relation and obtain
Hna†(p) = a†(p)(H − Ep)n
Note that the creation and annihilation operators encountered in previous sections are all
in Schrodinger pictures. Now using the Taylor expansion of exponential operators, one can
easily check that the Heisenberg representation of these operators is given by
a†h(p) = U †s (t← 0)a†s(p)Us(t← 0) = a†s(p) exp(−iEpt)
and
ah(p) = U †s (t← 0)as(p)Us(t← 0) = as(p) exp(iEpt)
Hence, �eld operators in Heisenberg representation in relativistic notations (4-vectors) can
be written as
Ψh(x) =1
2π
∫dp{ 1√
2Ep}{as(p) exp(−ip.x) + a†s(p) exp(ip.x)}|p0=Ep
(123)
πh(x) =1
2π
∫dp{−i
√Ep/2}{as(p) exp(−ip.x)− a†s(p) exp(ip.x)}|p0=Ep
(124)
Notice that the signs in the exponentials have reversed. One should notice that p.x = pµxµ =
pµxµ = Ept− p1x1− p2x2− p3x3. This justi�es the sign reversal. Spatial part automatically
get the previous sign. These are very important and very generic results. Time and space
would always have opposite signs. Time exponential with negative sign is called �positive
energy part of the solution�. Time exponential with positive sign is called �negative energy
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
125
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
part of the solution�. Creation operator always goes with negative energy part
of the solution and annihilation operator always goes with the positive energy
solution part of the solution.
15.3.6 Two Point Correlation Functions/Propagators For Free Fields
Propagators are related to two point correlation functions. Sometime names might be used
interchangeably. Two point correlation functions are also related to Green's functions of KG
operator. Many di�erent types of Green's functions can be de�ned. First two we would are
not really Green's function. But they are usually referred to as Green's function because
these two are the building blocks for the 4 di�erent types of Green's functions of the KG
operator. The most basic one is Particle Propagator or a Greater Green's Function.
In relativistic notations this is de�ned as
G>(x− y) ≡ G>(x← y) ≡ 〈0h|Ψh(x)Ψ†h(y)|0h〉
Note that what we are doing here is that we are creating a single particle at y (a 4-vector)
and �nding the amplitude of probability that system propagates to become particle at x
(again a 4-vector). Also note that for real valued scalar KG �eld Ψh(x) = Ψ†h(x)
as the �eld operator is Hermitian. But above expression can be further generalized by
creating a single particle in, say, single particle classical momentum mode p (that is state
|p〉) and then looking an amplitude probability that state evolves into a state |q〉. Using
this Greater Green's function one can study the causality of the theory. Note that it is not
necessary that y0 < x0.
Another fundamentally important Green's function is what is known as Anti-Particle
(or Hole) Propagator or a Lesser Green's Function. This is de�ned as follows
G<(x− y) ≡ G<(x← y) ≡ 〈0h|Ψ†h(x)Ψh(y)|0h〉
So basically,
G>(x− y) = (G<(y − x))?
Also for real valued scalar KG �eldG>(x−y) = G<(x−y). Note that x and y are the 4-vectors
in above equation. So we are not only �ipping the time but also the space co-ordinates. One
very important point is that the commutation relation between Ψ and Ψ† are the
equal time commutation relation. There is no de�ned relationship between �eld
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
126
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
operators at di�erent times. So there would be no obvious correlation between
lesser and greater Green's function other than that discussed above.
Let us try to obtain the Fourier transform of these two correlation function (these are not
really the Green's functions of KG operator). Substituting 123 in the de�nition of Greater
Green's function we can immediately write
G>(x− y) =
∫d3p
(2π)3
1
2Epexp(−ip.(x− y))|p0=Ep
Similarly,
G<(x− y) =
∫d3p
(2π)3
1
2Epexp(−ip.(y − x))|p0=−Ep
We would �nd these expressions useful in the following discussion. One should notice that
the coe�cients of exponentials in right hand side are NOT really 4D Fourier transform.
One can consider this coe�cient multiplied by time exponential as spatial Fourier transform
which is a function of time.
Above two functions are the basic building blocks for other types of correlation functions
which have better physical and mathematical properties. Using these two functions we
de�ne following four other correlation functions which are more commonly encountered in
text books. A set of functions that are sometime useful are time ordered and anti time
ordered Green's functions. Time ordered Green's function is also sometime (in the case
of free/non-interacting �elds) called the Feynman propagator.
Gt(x− y) ≡ Gt(x← y) ≡ 〈0h|T Ψh(x)Ψ†h(y)|0h〉
Gt(x− y) ≡ Gt(x← y) ≡ 〈0h|T Ψh(x)Ψ†h(y)|0h〉
Note that
Gt(x− y) =
{G>if x0 > y0
G<if x0 < y0
}
Gt(x− y) =
{G<if x0 > y0
G>if x0 < y0
}Two other functions are retarded and advanced Green's functions. Retarded Green's function
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
127
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
is de�ned as
GR(x− y) ≡ −iΘ(x0 − y0)(〈[0h|Ψ†h(x), Ψh(y)]|0h〉) = −iΘ(x0 − y0)(G>(x− y)−G<(x− y)
Note that Θ is a Heaviside step function. Note that some books leave out the −i factor.Similarly advanced Green's Function is de�ned as
GA(x− y) ≡ −iΘ(y0 − x0)(〈[0h|Ψ†h(x), Ψh(y)]|0h〉) = −iΘ(y0 − x0)(G>(x− y)−G<(x− y)
These four correlation functions are actually very closely related to each other. We would
show that Gt, Gt, GR and GA are all Green's function of KG equation. That is, if we write
a inhomogeneous KG equation with a 4-dimensional delta function on right hand side then
above Green's functions satisfy the equation. This gives a prescription of actually calculating
these functions. One can Fourier transform the whole equation. Which then get converted
to a simple algebraic equation. From this one can calculate the Fourier transform of the
Green's function which can then be inverse transformed to calculated GF in real space.
Suppose G(x− y) is a Green's function of KG operator
{( ∂2
∂t2−∇2) +m2}G(~x− ~y, tx − ty) ≡ −iδ(~x− ~y, tx − ty)
Or equivalently in 4-vector notation
{∂µ∂µ +m2}G(x− y) ≡ −iδ(x− y)
Let 4D Fourier transform of G(x) be G(p).
In order to remind ourselves about multi-dimensional Fourier transforms, let us consider
a simple 2D function f(x1, x2) with a 2D Fourier transform of f(kx1, kx2)
f(kx1, kx2) ≡∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2f(x1, x2) exp(−i2π(kx1x1 + kx2x2))
Di�erentiating this equation with respect to x1 we get
0 =
∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2{df(x1, x2)
dx1
exp(−i2π(kx1x1+kx2x2))−i2πkx1f(x1, x2) exp(−i2π(kx1x1+kx2x2))}
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
128
15.3 Quantization of Real-Valued Scalar 'Classical' KG Field
Hence∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2df(x1, x2)
dx1
exp(−i2π(kx1x1+kx2x2)) = i2πkx1
∫ ∞−∞
dx1dx2f(x1, x2) exp(−i2π(kx1x1+kx2x2))
Same rule can be extended for 4D Fourier transforms. Lets remember one more fact∫ ∞−∞
d4xδ(x) exp(−i2πkx) = 1
Hence if we Fourier transform the de�ning equation for the Green's function of the KG
operator (with y = 0), by de�nition then, G(p) would satisfy the following algebraic equation
G(p) =i
p2 −m2
Now taking its 4D Fourier inverse
G(x− y) =
∫d4p
(2π)4
i
p2 −m2exp(−ip.(x− y))
=
∫d4p
(2π)4(i/2Epp0 − Ep
− i/2Epp0 + Ep
) exp(−ip.(x− y))
Note that p2 − m2 = (p0)2 − E2p = E2 − E2
p . Now, if we look at the integral over energy
scale more closely, we would realize that the integrand has two poles at p0 = ±Ep. First
thing is that we need to choose a contour along the real axis so that poles do not fall exactly
on the contour. There are four ways of selecting this part of contour. Depending upon
how we decide to integrate we get above de�ned four di�erent GFs. Secondly, we need to
close the contour either in upper or lower plane depending upon x0 > y0 or y0 > x0. Let
us do the integration on energy scale. If we choose to go �above� both the poles then for
x0 < y0 (close contour in lower half) G(x − y) = 0. For x0 > y0 (close contour in lower
half) G(x− y) = G>(x− y)−G<(x− y). Hence this is retarded Green's function. Similarly
if we go �below� both poles we would get advanced GF. If we below negative energy below
and above positive energy pole (this is known as Feynman prescription) we would get time
ordered GF. If go above negative energy pole but below positive energy pole then we would
get anti-time ordered GF.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
129
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG
Field
15.4.1 Classical Hamiltonian and Lagrangian
Action for the classical complex valued �eld is given as
S ≡∫Ldt =
∫d4x(∂µφ
?∂µφ−m2φ?φ)
Hence, Lagrangian density function can be written as
L(φ(x), φ?(x), ∂µφ(x), ∂µφ?(x), t) = ∂µφ
?∂µφ−m2φ?φ
=∂φ?
∂t
∂φ
∂t− ~∇φ?.~∇φ−m2φ?φ (125)
Note that we don't have explicit time dependence in this problem. We know from Lagrange
Principle of least action that the extremum would give the Euler-Lagrange equation of mo-
tion. The Euler-Lagrange's equation of motions would be :-
d
dt(
∂L
∂ ˙(φ(x))) +∇(
∂L
∂(∇φ(x))))− ∂L
∂φ(x)= (
∂2
∂t2−∇2 +m2)φ?(x) = 0
andd
dt(
∂L
∂ ˙(φ?(x))
) +∇(∂L
∂(∇φ?(x))))− ∂L
∂φ?(x)= (
∂2
∂t2−∇2 +m2)φ(x) = 0
Both of these are exactly same as the KG equation. Hence both φ(x) and φ?(x) satis�es KG
equation.
From the expression for Lagrangian density 125, the conjugate momentum density func-
tion (conjugate to φ(x)) would be:-
π1(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ(x)=∂φ?
∂t
and that conjugate to φ?(x) is
π2(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ?(x)=∂φ
∂t
We notice that
π1(x) = π?2(x)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
130
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
So we can use more simple notations:
π?(x) = π1(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ(x)=∂φ?
∂t(126)
π(x) = π2(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ?(x)=∂φ
∂t(127)
Now, once we know the conjugate momenta density, one can easily obtain the Hamiltonian
density function H(φ(x), φ?(x), π?(x), π(x), ~∇φ(x)~∇φ?(x), t) as
H ≡ π?(x)φ(x) + π(x)φ?(x)− L
= π?(x)φ(x) + π(x)φ?(x)− ∂φ?
∂t
∂φ
∂t+ ~∇φ?.~∇φ+m2φ?φ
Now using 126 and 127 we can write the classical Hamiltonian density function as:
H(φ(x), φ?(x), π?(x), π(x), ~∇φ(x)~∇φ?(x), t) = π(x)π?(x) + ~∇φ?.~∇φ+m2φ?φ (128)
Note that the order of π?π and another similar term is not determined of clas-
sical mechanics. Applying integration operator∫d3x one can then get the Classical
Hamiltonian function.
15.4.2 Classical φ(x, t) and φ?(x, t) Fields in Energy/Momentum Basis
A free-space KG equation is written as
(−∇2 +m2)Ψ(x, t) = −∂2Ψ(x, t)
∂t2
One can easily check that the classical energy eigen states of free-space KG equation are :-
ΨE(x, t) = A exp(ipx− iEt)
where,
E = ±√m2 + p2 = ±Ep
Here Ep is always a positive number. Note that for one value of p, there are two values
of E possible - one positive and one negative . Hence we note that arbitrary classical �eld
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
131
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
can be written as a general superposition of all possible solutions :-
φ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{φ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{φ−(p) exp(ipx) exp(iEpt)} (129)
The factors of 2π have been included just because of conventions. These can be dumped
into φ+ and φ− which we anyway would-re normalize latter on. One should note that above
expansion is simply spatial Fourier expansion. This can be understood by noting that above
can also be written as:
φ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{f(p, t) exp(ipx)} (130)
where,
f(p, t) = φ+(p) exp(−iEpt) + φ−(p) exp(iEpt) (131)
Note that 130 is exactly a spatial Fourier transform. Which is also same as expanding φ(x, t)
in momentum basis. Note that energy basis expansion needs two expansion coe�cient for
one |E| (or for one p) but momentum space expansion needs only one coe�cient. φ+(p)
and φ−(p) would be recognized energy mode amplitudes and f(p, t) as momentum mode
amplitude of �eld φ(x, t). Now 129 can also be written as
φ(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{φ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{φ−(−p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(132)
Now taking the complex conjugate of 132:
φ?(x, t) =1
2π
∫dp{φ?−(−p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}+
1
2π
∫dp{φ?+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(133)
15.4.3 Classical π(x, t) and π?(x, t) Fields in Momentum/Energy Basis
Di�erentiating 132 with respect to time and using 127:
π(x, t) =−iEp
2π{∫dp{φ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} −
∫dp{φ−(−p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(134)
And analogy to 130, we can also write
π(x, t) =−iEp
2π
∫dp{g(p, t) exp(ipx)} (135)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
132
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
where,
g(p, t) = φ+(p) exp(−iEpt)− φ−(p) exp(iEpt) (136)
Now taking the complex conjugate of 134:
π?(x, t) =−iEp
2π[
∫dp{φ?−(−p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} − {
∫dp{φ?+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}]
(137)
Note that the condition 126 is automatically enforced.
15.4.4 Classical Hamiltonian in Energy Basis
One should notice that the classical Hamiltonian (not density) can be written as :
H =
∫dx{π(x)π?(x) + ~∇φ?.~∇φ+m2φ?φ} (138)
=
∫dp
1
2π{E2
p + p2 +m2}{φ+(p)φ∗+(p) + φ−(−p)φ?−(−p)} (139)
Or,
H =
∫dp
2
2πE2p{φ+(p)φ∗+(p) + φ−(−p)φ?−(−p)} (140)
Suppose we want to write the classical Hamiltonian as
H =
∫dp
1
2π
Ep2{φ+(p)φ∗+(p) + φ−(−p)φ?−(−p)} (141)
This can easily be done by de�ning new normalized �eld variables such that:
Ψ+(p)|old →Ψ+(p)|new
2√Ep
(142)
15.4.5 Classical Field Expansions in Normalized Variables
φ(x, t) =1
4π√Ep{∫dp{φ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt) +
∫dpφ−(−p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(143)
φ?(x, t) =1
4π√Ep
∫dp{φ?−(−p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt) +
∫dpφ?+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(144)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
133
15.4 Classical Hamiltonian Theory of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
π(x, t) =−i√Ep
4π{∫dp{φ+(p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)} −
∫dp{φ−(−p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}
(145)
π?(x, t) =−i√Ep
4π[
∫dp{φ?−(−p) exp(ipx) exp(−iEpt)}−{
∫dp{φ?+(p) exp(−ipx) exp(iEpt)}]
(146)
15.4.6 Classical Inverse Transforms
One can also try to �nd the inverse expansions by exploiting the orthonormality of exponen-
tials: ∫dxφ(x, t) exp(−iqx) =
1
2√Eq{φ+(q) exp(−iEqt) + φ−(q) exp(iEqt)} (147)
∫dxπ(x, t) exp(−iqx) =
−i√Eq
2{φ+(q) exp(−iEqt)− φ−(q) exp(iEqt)} (148)∫
dxφ?(x, t) exp(−iqx) =1
2√Eq{φ?−(−q) exp(−iEqt) + φ?+(−q) exp(iEqt)} (149)
∫dxπ?(x, t) exp(−iqx) =
−i√Eq
2{φ?−(−q) exp(−iEqt)− φ?+(−q) exp(iEqt)} (150)
Adding and subtracting 147 and 148 one gets:
φ+(q) exp(−iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ(x, t) +
i√Eqπ(x, t)} exp(−iqx) (151)
φ−(q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ(x, t)− i√
Eqπ(x, t)} exp(−iqx)
This last expression can also be written as:
φ−(−q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ(x, t)− i√
Eqπ(x, t)} exp(iqx) (152)
Similarly, adding and subtracting 149 and 150, one gets:
φ?−(−q) exp(−iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ
?(x, t) +i√Eqπ?(x, t)} exp(−iqx) (153)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
134
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
φ?+(−q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ
?(x, t)− i√Eqπ?(x, t)} exp(−iqx)
This last expression can also be written as:
φ?+(q) exp(iEqt) =
∫dx{√Eqφ
?(x, t)− i√Eqπ?(x, t)} exp(iqx) (154)
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
15.5.1 Quantization Field Operators
Once we have the classical conjugate variables and classical Hamiltonian, we are now ready to
do the standard quantization. One can do the standard quantization in real space (obviously
with generalized co-ordinates though) by converting the in�nite set of time dependent real
space co-ordinates and corresponding conjugate momenta � φ(x, t), π?(x, t) and φ?(x, t),
π(x, t) � into time independent (in Schrodinger's picture) operators φ(x) , π†(x) and φ†(x) ,
π(x) respectively40 and enforcing standard commutation relation between these:
[φ(~x), φ(~y)] = 0
[π†(~x), π†(~y)] = 0
[φ(~x), π†(~y)] = iδ(~x− ~y) (155)
[φ†(~x), φ†(~y)] = 0
[π(~x), π(~y)] = 0
[φ†(~x), π(~y)] = iδ(~x− ~y) (156)
Also since φ(~x) and φ†(~x) as well as π(~x) and π†(~x) are independent variables, we postulate
that all other pairs commute with each other. Note that the right hand side of above
two expression are Dirac delta functions (not the Kronecker delta). In Heisenberg represen-
tation these all are equal time commutation relations (ETCR). Now the corresponding
quantized Hamiltonian density operator can be written as:
H =
∫d3x{π(~x)π†(~x) + ~∇φ†(~x). ~∇φ(~x) +m2φ†(~x)φ(~x)} (157)
40Suppose we convert real and imaginary part of φ into Hermitian operators, that is Re{φ} → φr and
Im{φ} → φi so that φ→ φ. From this one can at once see that φ? → φ†.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
135
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
We notice that due to postulated commutation relations, there is no confusion
about ordering of the operators while going from classical to quantum represen-
tation.
Now, we can convert these operators into time depending operators by moving to Heisen-
berg representation. Noting that the Hamiltonian is explicitly time independent, we can
write, for φ1(~x) �eld operator for example, in Heisenberg representation
φ(~x, t) = exp(iHt)φ(~x) exp(−iHt)
Similarly other operators are also converted into Heisenberg representation. Note that in this
representation all above commutation relations still hold but they are equal time relations.
Now Heisenberg equation of motion for �eld φ(~x) is:-
i∂φ(~x, t)
∂t= [φ(~x, t),
∫d3xH]
= [φ(~x, t),
∫d3y{π(~y, t)π†(~y, t) + ~∇φ†(~y, t). ~∇φ(~y, t) +m2φ†(~y, t)φ(~y, t)}]
=
∫d3y{π(~y, t)[φ(x, t), π†(~y, t)]}
=
∫d3yπ(~y, t)iδ(~x− ~y) = iπ(~x, t)
Also,
i∂π(~x, t)
∂t= [π(~x, t),
∫d3xH]
= [π(~x, t),
∫d3y{π(~y, t)π†(~y, t) + ~∇φ†(~y, t). ~∇φ(~y, t) +m2φ†(~y, t)φ(~y, t)}]
=
∫d3y{−∇2φ(~y, t)[π(x, t), φ†(~y, t)] +m2φ(~y, t)[π(x, t), φ†(~y, t)]}
= −∫d3y{−∇2φ(~y, t) +m2φ(~y, t)}iδ(~x− ~y) = −i{−∇2φ(x, t) +m2φ(x, t)}
Combining the two equations:
∂ 2φ(x, t)
∂t2= ∇2φ(x, t)−m2φ(x, t)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
136
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
Repeating exactly same problem one can also show that:
∂2φ†(x, t)
∂t2= ∇2φ†(x, t)−m2φ†(x, t)
This proves that the Heisenberg equation of motion for the quantized �eld operators is just
the KG equation written for �eld operators.
15.5.2 Quantized Field Operators in Energy/Momentum Basis
Once we do the standard quantization by converting φ(x, t), π?(x, t) and φ?(x, t), π(x, t)
into time independent (in Schrodinger's picture) operators φ(x) , π†(x) and φ†(x) , π(x)
respectively and by enforcing standard commutation relation 155 and 156 (and all other
pairs commuting) between these operators, we immediately notice from 151, 152 , 154 and
153 that even the of energy mode expansion coe�cients φ+(p) exp(−iEpt), φ−(−q) exp(iEqt),
φ?−(−q) exp(−iEqt) and φ∗+(p) exp(iEpt) get converted respectively into operators :
φ+(p) exp(−iEpt)→ a(p) =
∫dx{√Epφ(x) +
i√Epπ(x)} exp(−ipx) (158)
φ−(−q) exp(iEqt)→ b†(p) =
∫dx{√Epφ(x)− i√
Epπ(x)} exp(ipx) (159)
φ?−(−q) exp(−iEqt)→ b(p) =
∫dx{√Epφ
†(x) +i√Epπ†(x)} exp(−ipx) (160)
φ∗+(p) exp(iEpt)→ a†(p) =
∫dx{√Epφ
†(x)− i√Epπ†(x)} exp(ipx) (161)
One can easily check that indeed 161 and 159 are the adjoint of 158 and 160
respectively and hence the choice of symbols is well justi�ed. We would see below
that these new operators actually behave as creation and annihilation operators and the
Hamiltonian can easily be written in diagonal forms with their help. Using 158 and 161 one
can easily check that:
[a(p), a(q)] = 0
[a†(p), a†(q)] = 0
[a(p), a†(q)] = δ(p− q) (162)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
137
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
Similarly, using 159 and 160 one can easily check that:
[b(p), b(q)] = 0
[b†(p), b†(q)] = 0
[b(p), b†(q)] = δ(p− q) (163)
And all other pairs commute. Note that the right hand sides on the last expressions
in above two sets of commutation relations are Kronecker deltas (not a delta functions).
Kronecker deltas de�ned such that δ(x− y) = 0 ∀x 6= y and δ(x− y) = 1 for x = y.
Also inverse transformations can readily be calculated as well:
φ(x) =1
4π√Ep{∫dp{a(p) exp(ipx) +
∫dpb†(p) exp(−ipx)} (164)
φ†(x) =1
4π√Ep
∫dp{b(p) exp(ipx) +
∫dpa† exp(−ipx)} (165)
π(x) =−i√Ep
4π{∫dp{a(p) exp(ipx)} −
∫dp{b†(p) exp(−ipx)} (166)
π†(x) =−i√Ep
4π{∫dp{b(p) exp(ipx)−
∫dp{a†(p) exp(−ipx)} (167)
15.5.3 Quantum Hamiltonian
Now the quantum version of Hamiltonian can be found starting from 141 and using 158-154:
H =
∫dp
1
2π
Ep2{a†(p)a(p) + b†(p)b(p)} (168)
Factor 1/2 is there because of the normalization of the �eld variables I chose. I encounter
the problem of operator ordering which basically originates from the ordering of π?and π in
classical Lagrangian. I have straighten up the order and threw away the in�nite term.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
138
15.5 Quantization of Complex-Valued Scalar KG Field
15.5.4 Number State Basis
Now let us try to explore some properties of a†(p) and a(p) operators. From 168 we can
immediately see that:
[H, a†(p)] = Epa†(p) (169)
and
[H, a(p)] = −Epa(p) (170)
Exactly same relations hold for other set of creation and annihilation operators as well.
Above two properties guarantee that proposed a†(p) and a(p) (and b†and b) indeed behave
like creation and annihilation operators respectively. Also note that the state operator φ(x)
simultaneously creates one and destroys other so they do behave like particle and antiparticle.
15.5.5 Associated Charge
Q = −i∫d3x(π?φ− φ?π)
Hence,
Q = −i∫d3x(π†φ− φ†π)
Hence,
Q =−1
4(2π)3
∫d3p(a†(p)a(p)− b†(p)b(p))
Note that factor of 1/4 is result of the de�nition normalized �eld variables. This we can get
rid of by properly normalizing variables. Also I have again straighten up the ordering of the
operators.
Now, let us evaluate the following commutation relation:
[a†(p)a(p) + b†(p)b(p), a†(q)a(q)− b†(q)b(q)] = [a†(p)a(p), a†(q)a(q)]
− [a†(p)a(p), b†(q)b(q)]
+ [b†(p)b(p), a†(q)a(q)]
− [b†(p)b(p), b†(q)b(q)]
= 0
Since H and Q commute, the eigen states of Q are also the eigen states of H and vice
versa. More explicitly, let a single eigen state ofH be |1p; 0〉where �rst number represents that
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
139
15.6 Quantization of Complex Valued Vector Klein Gordon (KG) Field
there is one particle of type 1 in state p and zero particle of type 2. Hence H|1p; 0〉 = |1p; 0〉.Whereas Q|1p; 0〉 = |1p; 0〉. On the other hand H|0; 1p〉 = |0; 1p〉 and Q|0; 1p〉 = −|0; 1p〉.Hence Q can be interpreted as some sort of quantized �charge� carried my massive particles.
Antiparticle carries negative and equal amount of charge as does a particle.
15.6 Quantization of Complex Valued Vector Klein Gordon (KG)
Field
15.6.1 Quantized Field Operators and Hamiltonian
The Lagrangian density function generalizes to
L(φi(x), φ?i (x), ∂µφi(x), ∂µφ?i (x), t) = ∂µφ
?i∂
µφi −m2φ?iφi
=∂φ?i∂t
∂φi∂t− ~∇φ?i .~∇φi −m2φ?iφi (171)
Where in this problem i ∈ {1, 2} and sum convention is assumed. From the expression
for Lagrangian density 171, the conjugate momentum density function (conjugate to φ1(x))
would be:-
π?1(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ(x)=∂φ?1∂t
and that conjugate to φ?1(x) is
π?1(x) ≡ ∂L
∂φ?(x)=∂φ1
∂t
And exactly analogous results exist for i = 2.
Now, once we know the conjugate momenta density, one can easily obtain the Hamiltonian
density function H(φi(x), φ?i (x), π?i (x), πi(x), ~∇φi(x)~∇φ?i (x), t) as
H ≡ π?i (x)φi(x) + πi(x)φi?(x)− L
= π?i (x)φi(x) + πi(x)φi?(x)− ∂φ?i
∂t
∂φi∂t
+ ~∇φ?i .~∇φi +m2φ?iφi
So we can write the classical Hamiltonian density function as:
H(φi(x), φ?i (x), π?i (x), πi(x), ~∇φi(x)~∇φ?i (x), t) = πi(x)π?i (x) + ~∇φ?i .~∇φi +m2φ?iφi (172)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
140
15.6 Quantization of Complex Valued Vector Klein Gordon (KG) Field
Again note that the order of π?π and another similar term is not determined of
classical mechanics. Applying integration operator∫d3x one can then get the Classical
Hamiltonian function.
Commutation relations generalizes in a straight forward manner. Considering two �elds
to be �independent� we �rst of all postulate exactly same set of commutation rules as 155 ,
156 and other pairs independently for both i = 1 and i = 2. Taking clue from the theory
of quantization of multi-particle systems we can postulate that all other pairs with i 6= j
commutes.
Since both the �elds behave independently and due to the postulated commutation re-
lations the proof that φ1and φ2 has the Heisenberg equation of motions as Klein Gordon
equation is exactly same as the that in problem 1. I don't feel like repeating the derivation
un-necessary. Proof is step by step exactly same.We move energy basis and denies the oper-
ators φi, φ†i and their conjugate momenta in terms of two independent set of creation and
annihilation operators of particles and antiparticles (hence we would have 8 such operators
in this problem). Let us call these ai, a†i , biand b†i with i ∈ {1, 2}. Derivations again are
exactly same. I am not repeating those. Hamiltonian generalizes to :
H =
∫dp
1
2π
Ep2{a†i (p)ai(p) + b†i (p)bi(p)} (173)
15.6.2 Associated Charge
Expression for Q also generalizes in straight forward fashion as well :
Q = −i∫d3x(π†i φi − φ
†i πi)
=−1
4(2π)3
∫d3p(a†i (p)ai(p)− b
†i (p)bi(p))
This commutes with H and, again, the proof is exactly same as before
Qp = − i2
∫d3x(π†i σ
pijφi − φ†i σpijπj)
I could not work out the commutations. Somehow above expression does not look right to
me.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
141
16: Dirac Field
16 Dirac Field
17 Relativistic Electromagnetic Field Quantization ( QED
)
Part IX
Interaction Between Free Fields
18 Di�erent Pictures of Time Evolution
18.1 Exponential of Operators
Suppose we have an equation which we want to solve:
i~∂Ψs(t)
∂t= H0,sΨs(t)
where H0,s is time independent. Let us try to solve it in following fashion. Let us assume
�rst that Ψs(t) = Ψs(0). This is our zeroth order approximation. First order correction term
can be found by substituting this into the right hand side of above equation. That gives us
Ψ(1)s (t) = (− i
~
∫ t
0
dtH0,s)Ψs(0) = (−it~H0,s)Ψs(0)
Substituting this again in the right hand side of original equation:
Ψ(2)s (t) =
1
2(−itH0,s
~)2Ψ(0)
Similarly, after calculating the nth order correction term and adding them all we can write
Ψs(t) = {∞∑n=0
1
n!(−itH0,s
~)n}Ψ(0)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
142
18.2 Schrodinger's Picture of Time Evolution
Please note that H0,s is an operator and not a simple number. Still, we note that the terms
under summation sign resembles a Taylor expansion. We de�ne a �symbolic notation�
for such a series as
Ψs(t) = {∞∑n=0
1
n!(−itH0,s
~)n}Ψ(0) ≡ exp(
−iH0,st
~)Ψ(0)
Note that this notation is valid only when H0,s is time independent. When operator
becomes time dependent we can follow a similar route but would have to be more careful.
We do this in the following section 18.6.
18.2 Schrodinger's Picture of Time Evolution
Suppose we break the Hamiltonian involved in the time dependent Schrodinger's equation
(from here on we would call it Hamiltonian operator in Schrodinger's picture) in two parts
� Hs(t) = H0,s + Vs(t). Here, H0,s is time independent part of the Hamiltonian. Whereas
Vs(t) may or may not be time independent. In cases where Vs is time independent, separation
of Hamiltonian into two time independent parts is simply for mathematical convenience.
Its helpful to take out that part of Hamiltonian whose eigen states are trivial. Then one
can build a time-independent perturbation theory to calculate the eigen states of the total
Hamiltonian. In any case, we would keep our discussions very general and would keep the
possibility of Vs being time dependent. We would consider many di�erent situations involving
equilibrium and non-equilibrium. Usually in equilibrium Vs would be time independent. We
would discuss these cases in details latter on.
The actual time evolution of system would be given by the Schrodinger's equation of
motion:
i~∂Ψs(t)
∂t= (H0,s + Vs(t))Ψs(t) (174)
Let us assume, for the time being, that Vs(t) = 0. We need to consider this case to de�ne
of some of the terms that we would use latter. In this case the Schrodinger's equation (174)
simpli�es to:
i~∂Ψs(t)
∂t= H0,sΨs(t)
Now, since, H0,s is time independent, one can symbolically write the solution of the above
equation as:
Ψs(t) = exp(−iH0,st/~)Ψs(0)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
143
18.2 Schrodinger's Picture of Time Evolution
Or equivalently, by de�ning unperturbed time-propagation operator in Schrodinger's
picture as:
U0,s(t) ≡ exp(−iH0,st/~) (175)
the same equation can also be written as
i~∂U0,s(t)
∂t= H0,sU0,s(t) (176)
Please note two speci�c points. First of all, if you have seen Heisenberg equation of motion
before, its instructive to make it clear that we are not writing the time evolution of the system
in Heisenberg picture (equation is strikingly similar). Moreover, U0,s(t) is not Hermitian
(U0,s(t) 6= U †0,s(t)), rather it is Unitary (U−10,s (t) = U †0,s(t)). That is, its eigen values are
complex.
Moving back to actual case where Vs(t) 6= 0, we de�ne time propagator in Schrodinger's
picture as:
Ψs(t) ≡ Us(t)Ψs(0) (177)
And with this de�nition, the Schrodinger equation (174) becomes:
i~∂Us(t)
∂t= Hs(t)Us(t)
Note that only in a very special case when Hs 6= Hs(t) (usually equilibrium), one can write:
Us(t) = exp((−iH0,st− iVst)/~)
Moreover, even in this special case, its not correct to break exponentials into two parts as Vs
and H0,s might not commute. We would try to avoid such exponentials as much as possible
and develop a general theory.
Key point to remember is that in Schrodinger picture states have a very
complicated time dependence. Operators can have a time dependence but this
dependence is preknown. So the whole problem is to solve the time dependence
of the states.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
144
18.3 Heisenberg Picture of Time Evolution
18.3 Heisenberg Picture of Time Evolution
In Heisenberg representation, states have no time dependence whereas operators have all the
time dependence. One de�nes the state of the system in Heisenberg representation as:
Ψh = U †s (t)Ψs(t) (178)
Hence, comparing with (177), one can easily conclude that:
Ψh = Ψs(0) (179)
One similarly de�nes operator in Heisenberg picture41 as:
Ah(t) = U †s (t)As(t)Us(t) (180)
I would stress again that only in the special case of time independent total Hamiltonian
(Hs 6= Hs(t)), one can write:
Us(t) = exp(−iHst/~)
We would try to avoid such exponentials as much as possible and develop a general theory.
Key point to remember is that in Heisenberg picture, states have absolutely
no time dependence whereas operators have all the time dependence. We take
out time dependence from Schrodinger states by multiplying it by U †s from
left side. And we deposit this time dependence into operators by multiplying
Schrodinger operators by U †s from left side and by Us from right side.
Language of Heisenberg representation sometimes become very confusing. One needs a
little bit of experience to make some sense out of it. Basically, Heisenberg representation uses
a time dependent basis to represent states of the system (something like moving or rotating
reference frames). Hence basis states ARE time dependent. When state of the system
is represented as linear superposition of basis states, the coe�cients of expansion are time
independent and that's why we say that states are time independent. Here is another way
of looking at the same thing. We have seen that operators are time dependent in Heisenberg
41Schrodinger's equation gets converted into time evolution equation for operators in Heisenberg represen-tation. One can easily show that any Hermitian operator would obey following equation
i~∂Ah(t)∂t
= [Ah(t), H]
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
145
18.4 Interaction Picture
representation. Therefore if we calculate the eigen states of any operators, the would be time
dependent. We can use these eigen states as the basis so the basis would be time dependent.
One should note that this kind of confusion can arise even in Schrodinger's picture. For
example when say that we are using eigen states as basis in Schrodinger's picture, do we
include exp(−iωt) factors in states or not? Answer is no. In Schrodinger's picture basis
states are time-independent. In other words we use the eigen states of energy at t = 0 as
the basis.
Let us take a trivial example to make things absolutely clear. Let us consider the prob-
lem of a single free particle. We would choose our basis as a co-ordinate basis. In strict
sense they are eigen states of co-ordinate operator calculated at certain time say t = 0. We
call these to be in Heisenberg representation, which means they don't have any time de-
pendence. To make things absolutely clear xh(t = 0)|x〉h = x|x〉h. Hence whenever you see
the symbol |x〉h � one thing should be clear that they are eigen states of position operator
constructed at t = 0. In this basis our Hamiltonian can be written as Hs = H0,s = −~ ∂2
∂x2 .
Momentum operator in Schrodinger picture would be Ps = P0,s = −i~ ∂∂x. Eigen states of
this operator in Schrodinger picture would be time dependent. States left to themselves
evolve in time:- |p(t)〉s = exp(−ip2t/2m~) exp(ipx). Momentum operator itself is time in-
dependent. In more complicated systems states would evolve in much more complicated
fashion. A momentum eigen state t = 0 might not remain a momentum eigen state at
latter time. In Heisenberg representation momentum operator become time dependent:
Ph(t) = P0,h(t) = exp(iH0,st/~)(−i~ ∂∂x
) exp(−iH0,st/~). Eigen states constructed at di�er-
ent times would be di�erent. After that, states left to themselves would not evolve with
time.
18.4 Interaction Picture
We de�ne the state of the system in interaction picture as:
Ψs(t) = exp(−iH0,st/~)Ψi(t) = U0,s(t)Ψi(t) (181)
Basically what we are doing here is that we are removing the free-system time evolution as
this part of the evolution is pre-known and we want to concentrate on the evolution due to
time dependent perturbation part of Hamiltonian. One can invert above equation and write:
Ψi(t) = U †0,s(t)Ψs(t) (182)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
146
18.4 Interaction Picture
Substituting t = 0 one can easily see that:
Ψi(0) = Ψs(0) (183)
Substituting (181) into the complete time evolution equation in Schrodinger's picture (174):
i~ exp(−iH0,st/~)∂Ψi(t)
∂t+H0,sΨs(t) = H0,sΨs(t) + (Vs(t) exp(−iH0,st/~)Ψi(t))
∂Ψi(t)
∂t= (exp(iH0,st/~)Vs(t) exp(−iH0,st/~))Ψi(t)
Now if we de�ne any general Hermitian (not Unitary like Ui) operators in interaction
picture as:
Vi(t) = exp(iH0,st/~)Vs(t) exp(−iH0,st/~) (184)
which can also be written in notational format as:
Vi(t) = U †0,s(t)Vs(t)U0,s(t) (185)
we can then write the time evolution of wavefunction in interaction picture as (this is basically
Schrodinger's equation in interaction picture):
∂Ψi(t)
∂t= Vi(t)Ψi(t) (186)
One can also de�ne the time propagation operator in interaction picture as
Ψi(t) = Ui(t)Ψi(0) (187)
Hence one can write
i~∂Ui(t)
∂t= Vi(t)Ui(t) (188)
This is a very important equation that we would use for generating perturbation se-
quence42.
Key point to remember is that in Interaction picture, states have only non-
42Note that we can write down the time evolution of any general operator in interaction picture as well (ininteraction picture operators might become explicit functions of time). Let us assume that an operator inSchrodinger's picture As does not have any explicit time dependence. Following argument can be generalizedif needed. Using the de�nition of operators in interaction picture (184) and using the equation describing
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
147
18.5 Inter-Relation
trivial time dependence whereas operators have only trivial time dependence
(interaction picture is closer to Schrodinger picture then Heisenberg picture).
We take out trivial time dependence from Schrodinger states by multiplying it
by U †0,s from left side. And we deposit this trivial time dependence into operators
by multiplying Schrodinger operators by U †0,s from left side and by U0,s from right
side.
18.5 Inter-Relation
Using de�nition of state (181) and (187) propagator in interaction picture one can see that:
Ψs(t) = U0,s(t)Ψi(t) = U0,s(t)Ui(t)Ψi(0)
Moreover, from the boundary condition (183) and the time propagator in Schrodinger's
picture (177) :
Us(t) = U0,s(t)Ui(t) (190)
This is a pretty important relationship. After developing the perturbation in interaction
picture, this equation is used to move back to Schrodinger's picture.
Secondly, using the de�nition of operator representation in Heisenberg picture (180) and
above expression (190):
Ah(t) = U †i (t)U †0,s(t)As(t)U0,s(t)Ui(t)
Which in turn means:
Ah(t) = U †i (t)Ai(t)Ui(t) (191)
the equation of motion of U0,s(176):
i~∂Ai(t)∂t
= i~∂U†0,s(t)∂t
AsU0,s(t) + i~U†0,sAs(t)∂U0,s(t)∂t
i~∂Ai(t)∂t
= −H†0,sU†0,s(t)AsU0,s(t) + U†0,sAs(t)H0,sU0,s(t)
now, simply by looking at the de�nition, one can �gure out that U0,s(t) and H0,s commute (using this sameproperty one can show that H0,s = H0,i). Hence:
i~∂Ai(t)∂t
= U†0,s(t)[As, H0,s]U0,s(t) = [Ai, H0,i] (189)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
148
18.6 Diagrammatic Perturbation Theory
This another, very important relationship that we would use time and again.
18.6 Diagrammatic Perturbation Theory
The time evolution equation of Ui(t) derived above (188) can be used to obtain a perturbation
solution for Ui(t). Only important point to remember is that the Hamiltonian at di�erent
times do not necessarily commute. So one needs to include the time ordering operator when
converting equation into integral equation in terms of exponentials. Let us explore this
explicitly. Integrating (188), symbolically one can write:
Ui(t)− Ui(0) = −i∫ t
0
Vi(t1)Ui(t1)dt1
Noting that Ψi(0) = Ψs(0) one can see that Ui(0) = 1 (an identity operator). Hence
Ui(t)− 1 = −i∫ t
0
Vi(t1)Ui(t1)dt1
Now a zeroth order approximation term would obtained if we assume Vi(t) = 0. So
U(0)i (t) = 1
Substituting this back into above integral, the �rst order correction term would be:
U(1)i (t) = −i
∫ t
0
Vi(t1)dt1 (192)
Similarly, second order correction term would be:
U(2)i (t) = (−i)2
∫ t
0
Vi(t1){∫ t1
0
Vi(t2)dt2}dt1 (193)
= (−i)2
∫ t
0
dt1
∫ t1
0
dt2Vi(t1)Vi(t2) (194)
First thing to be stressed is to point out that this is an integral of time dependent operators �
which might not commute at di�erent times. Hence, in general, Vi(t1)Vi(t2) 6= Vi(t2)Vi(t1). So
one should not try to shu�e the operators in a product like this. Secondly, one should notice
that one has to keep the order of integrations. For example, in above integration scheme,
one needs to evaluate the integral in curly braces before doing the second integral. Another
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
149
18.6 Diagrammatic Perturbation Theory
way of saying the same thing is that for any given value of the variable t1, the variable t2 can
only takes values from 0 up to t1. Hence, t2 ≤ t1. Combining above two peculiarities, one
should make sure that in the second form of the above equation (193), operators with latter
times as variables should go to the left. Or in other words time variable of any operator
should never be allowed to become greater than the time variable of an operator sitting to
its left.
Now these di�erent time limits on two integral make things very di�cult. If we can �nd
a way of making the two limits on two integrals independent of each other it would make
things much simpler. Let us de�ne a new operator which shu�es the operators in a product
so that latter always time sits on the left. We call it a time ordering operator. That is
T [Vi(t1)Vi(t2)] ≡
{Vi(t1)Vi(t2) if t1 > t2
Vi(t2)Vi(t1) if t2 > t1
}(195)
One would notice that W (t1, t2) = T [Vi(t1)Vi(t2)] is a symmetric operator in t1 and t2 plane
about the line t1 = t2. In other words W (1, 2) = W (2, 1). Looking at the equation 193, one
would realize that U(2)i (t) is proportional to the upper triangular integration of a two variable
functionW (t1, t2) on t1 and t2 plane. Moreover since, W (t1, t2) is symmetrical about t1 = t2,
we can also write above expression as
U(2)i (t) =
(−i)2
2
∫ t
0
dt1
∫ t
0
dt2T [Vi(t1)Vi(t2)]
Hence we were able to get rid of the di�erent limits on the integrals by introducing a
concept of time ordering operator. Same way, one can write an nth order correction term
as well. Summing all terms, an in�nite order estimate of Ui(t) can be written as:
Ui(t) = I +∞∑n=1
(−i)n
n!
∫dt1
∫dt2
∫dt3.....
∫dtnT [Vi(t1)Vi(t2)Vi(t3).....Vi(tn)] (196)
With T being the time-ordering operator such that left most operator has biggest time. That
is (tn < tn−1.... < t1) if above written order is already time-ordered. All integrals go from
ti = 0 to ti = t. We now de�ne a symbolic representation for the above series. We
would write in short:
Ui(t) = T [exp(−i∫ t
0
dt′Vi(t′))]
One should compare this with the time-independent version de�ned in previous section 18.1.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
150
18.7 Expectation Values
18.7 Expectation Values
18.7.1 Quantum Ensemble Expectations
18.7.1.1 Gell-Mann and Low Theorem First of all, suppose instead of propagating
a state from t = 0 to t = t, I want to propagate from t = t1 to t = t2. This can easily be
achieved as:
Ui(t2 ← t1) = Ui(t2)U †i (t1) (197)
Similarly,
Us(t2 ← t1) = Us(t2)U †s (t1) (198)
We can also generalize the relation between above two propagators (186) as follows. We �rst
note that:
Ψi(t2) = Ui(t2 ← t1)Ψi(t1)
Now using (186) we get Ψs(t) = U0,s(t)Ψi(t) and its inverse Ψi(t) = U †0,s(t)Ψs(t). Hence
Ψs(t2) = U0,s(t2)Ui(t2 ← t1)Ψi(t1) = U0,s(t2)Ui(t2 ← t1)U †0,s(t1)Ψs(t1)
Hence
Us(t2 ← t1) = U0,s(t2)Ui(t2 ← t1)U †0,s(t1) (199)
Similarly other relations can also be generalized to two-time operators.
Now let us �rst de�ne the zero reference level of our energy spectrum. Let |0〉0,h be thelowest energy eigen state of the unperturbed Hamiltonian. We write it in Heisenberg repre-
sentation to explicitly specify that this state does not has any time dependence whatsoever.
Or in other words |0〉0,h represents |0(t = 0)〉0,s or any other time that is taken as a reference
time. We de�ne the reference level of energies to be such that
Hs,0|0〉0,h = 0
Now, let |n〉h be the energy eigen state at (t = 0) of perturbed system. Again Heisenberg
subscript has been added to explicitly say that these states do not have any time dependence.
Hs|n〉h = En|n〉h
One should speci�cally note that Hs in above equation can certainly be time dependent.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
151
18.7 Expectation Values
This is just an eigen value equation (which certainly can have time dependent operators).
To make things clear, in Schrodinger's picture we would have
|n〉s = exp(−iEnt/~)|n〉h
We are speci�cally interested in |0〉h. This state is unknown and we hope that this can be
calculated by evolving |0〉0,h from −∞ to present time. In general one can always write
Us(t2 ← t1)|0〉0,h =∞∑n=0
αn exp(−iEn(t2 − t1)/~)|n〉h
where αn = h〈n|0〉0,h. One of the important assumptions that we have to make
here is that α0 6= 0. As far as concept of �perturbation� is valid, we claim that this has
to be true. There are formal problems in this assertion. It can be shown in QFT that, in
in�nite volumes, any two states are orthogonal. We can get rid of this problem by working
with �nite volume and taking limits at the end. Moreover we would assume that the
state |0〉h is non-degenerate. This can not be proved mathematically. In fact there are
interesting counter examples like those of spontaneously broken symmetry. But for the time
being we would exclude those exotic problems and assume that perturbed ground state is
unique. Additionally, we would make another claim without proving it. We would assume
that we are allowed to send the time variable to complex values in the above
expression. This can be rigorously justi�ed but I am skipping that part. Procedure we
would follow is known as analytic continuation. This type of QFT is known as �Euclidean
QFT�. Basically, if real time QFT is Lorentz invariant then analytic continued theory would
be O(4) invariant. We would keep the inner product independent of rotation in complex t
plane.
So let us send t1 → −∞(1 − iε) where ε is a small real number. Also choose t2 = 0.
Hence lowest energy term would be slowest decaying term. Hence,
|0〉h = limt1→−∞(1−iε)
1
α0 exp(iE0t1)Us(0← t1)|0〉0,h
Now from 199 we know that Us(0 ← t1) = Ui(t2 ← t1)U †0,s(t1). And moreover U †0,s(t1)|0〉0,h= exp(i0(t1)/~)|0〉0,h = |0〉0,h from the de�nition of the zero level of energy scale. Hence, we
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
152
18.7 Expectation Values
can write the above expression as
|0〉h = limt1→−∞(1−iε)
1
α0 exp(iE0t1)Ui(0← t1)|0〉0,h (200)
From here onward, we would simply write this expression in shorthand notation as
|0〉h = βUi(0← −∞)|0〉0,h (201)
Here β is a complex number. Limit is understood. On similar lines, one can also derive
〈0|h = βUi(+∞← 0)〈0|0,h
For the bra state one can get an alternative expression simply by taking adjoint of 201.
〈0|h = β?Ui(−∞← 0)〈0|0,h
This is known as Gell-Mann and Low Theorem.
18.7.1.2 Quantum Ensemble Expectation One interesting point, and that is the
most important reason why we are studying it in statistical mechanics context, is that even
evaluation of expectation values of �instantaneous time operators� can be included in the
perturbation expansion. What I mean by instantaneous time operators is that operators
that perturb the state of the system instantaneously. Something like a creation or anni-
hilation operators, for example. Let cλ,i(t1) and cλ,h(t1)be the interaction and Heisenberg
representation of one such operator. Suppose, I want to evaluate something like
〈Ψh|cλ,h(t1)|Ψh〉
Where |Ψh〉 is the Heisenberg representation of an exact energy eigen state of the system
(proper of visualizing such an expression is discussed in Green's function section). We
are simply evaluating a quantum mechanical expectation value. Note that, usually, even
Ψs(0) = Ψi(0) is unknown since this state includes the e�ects of perturbation (interaction
among particles of system).
Now, from Gel-Mann and Low Theorem discussed above, one can write above expression
as
〈Ψh,0|Ui(−∞← 0)Ui(0← t1)cλ,i(t1)Ui(t1 ← 0)Ui(0← −∞)|Ψh,0〉 (202)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
153
Where I have used the fact that Ui(0 ← t1) = U †i (t1 ← 0). Here states are now non-
interacting ground states. In certain cases above expression can also be written as:
〈Ψh,0|Ui(∞← 0)Ui(0← t1)cλ,i(t1)Ui(t1 ← 0)Ui(0← −∞)|Ψh,0〉〈Ψh,0|Ui(+∞← −∞)|Ψh,0〉
(203)
This second expression can be justi�ed provided 〈Ψs,0|Ui(+∞ ← 0) is a well de�ned
state. In equilibrium this can be justi�ed. But not in non-equilibrium. Now if we include
time ordering operator, above can be written as:
〈Ψh,0|T Ui(−∞← −∞)cλ,i(t1)|Ψh,0〉 (204)
or, in some cases:〈Ψh,0|T Ui(+∞← −∞)cλ,i(t1)|Ψh,0〉〈Ψh,0|Ui(+∞← −∞)|Ψh,0〉
(205)
After expanding Ui in perturbation, cλ,i is properly placed in time sequence and above
expectation can easily be evaluated. This is the way one extract equilibrium information
about complicated interacting systems using perturbation.
Part X
Statistical Quantum Field Theory
(Condensed Matter Physics)
Please refer to a separate tutorial article (author?) [2] on Non-Equilibrium Green's Func-
tions (NEGF) and Statistical QFT.
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
154
Part XI
Further Resources
Reading
• Background Material
� Some useful mathematical background can be found in one of the articles [3]
written by the author or [4] or the wikipedia pages [5].
� For a brief review of postulatory nature of quantum mechanics see another article
[6] or following references [7, 8, 9]. Symmetries in physical laws and linearity of
quantummechanics are discussed in related articles [10, 11]. References [12, 13, 14]
also provides good discussion about symmetries. Review of quantum �eld theory
(QFT) can be found in the reference [15] or [16, 17, 18] while an introductory
treatment of quantum measurements can be found here [19] or here [20, 8].
� A good discussion on equilibrium quantum statistical mechanics can be found in
references [21, 22, 23] while an introductory treatment of statistical quantum �eld
theory (QFT) and details of density matrix formalism can be found in the refer-
ences [2, 24]. A brief discussion of irreversible or non-equilibrium thermodynamics
can be found here [25, 26].
� To understand relationship between magnetism, relativity, angular momentum
and spins, readers may want to check references [27, 28] on magnetics and spins.
Some details of electron spin resonance (ESR) measurement setup can be found
here [29, 30].
� Electronic aspects of device physics and bipolar devices are discussed in [31,
32, 33, 34, 35]. Details of electronic band structure calculations are discussed in
references [36, 37, 38] and semiclassical transport theory and quantum transport
theory are discussed in references [39, 40, 41, 42].
� List of all related articles from author can be found at author's homepage.
• Quantum Field Theory
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
155
� Peskin's book ((author?) [17]) on quantum �eld theory is nowadays becoming a
standard text book. This book is mostly written from elementary particle physics
point of view. It's mostly useful in learning how to solve real world �eld theory
problems. It's fairly mathematically sound but gives very little insight into the
physical aspects of the subject itself.
� Weinberg's book ((author?) [18]) is another modern standard text book. As far
as physical insight into the subject is concerned, it's better than Peskin's book,
but still not very satisfying.
� Three related texts books by Greiner ([43, 44, 45]) on � QFT , QED, and rela-
tivistic QM are also useful. They are not very readable. Organization of these
books is also very erratic.
• Quantum Optics
� Quantum optics ([46]) text book authored by M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy is
one of the most easy to read book in quantum optics and quantum coherence. It
provides insight into basic physics (for example, why only E+ part is included in
coherence correlation functions or why position operator for photon can not be
de�ned or what is the classical limit of QFT etc.). This book does not deal with
cavity QED. For cavity QED see the next reference.
� Vogel et al. ([47]) wrote a nice text book introduction to cavity QED. It in-
cludes �eld quantization in inhomogeneous dielectric media (basically concept of
orthonormal mode quantization as opposed to simple k-space quantization) as
well as quantization in inhomogeneous lossy media.
� Recently, there has been some nice research on much more neat quantization
in lossy media. In lossy media, Maxwell operator is not Hermitian and hence
it's eigen modes are not orthogonal. So one has to give up orthogonal mode
quantization scheme. But one can develop an analogous scheme that proceeds by
studying classical Green's function of the wave equation.
� L. Mandel and E. Wolf, Optical Coherence and Quantum Optics ([48]) is fairly
detailed, really good easy to read book on classical and quantum coherence.
• Classical Coherence
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
156
REFERENCES
� John Strong, Concepts of Classical Optics ([1]) explains coherence in interference
�lters in details.
� L. Mandel and E. Wolf, Optical Coherence and Quantum Optics ([48]) is really
good easy to read book.
� W. Wnag, H. Kozaki, J. Rosen and M. Takeda, �Synthesis of longitudinal coher-
ence functions by spatial modulation of an extended light source: a new interpre-
tation and experimental veri�cations,� Appl. Opt. 41, 1962 (2002).
• Phonons
� L. M. Magid, Phys. Rev. 134, A158 (1964), energy velocity generalization for
3D lattices.
• Quantum Field Theory for Solid State Physics
� Haken's book ([16]) is a nice elementary introduction to �eld theory as used in
solid state physics (it's mostly QFT of quasi-particles).
� David Pines's book ([49]) is another elementary readable book in this subject.
• Statistical Quantum Field Theory
� Abrikosov's ([24]) book is a masterly written classic on this subject.
� Fetter's book ([50]) is somewhat more readable than Abrikosov's book.
� Mahan's book ([51]) is another popular text book in this subject though I per-
sonally don't like it much. The latest edition is actually much much better than
older versions.
� Doniach's book ([52]) on Green's functions as used in solid state physics can also
be useful in learning how to solve practical problems.
References
[1] J. Strong, Concepts of Classical Optics (Dover Publications, 2004). (Cited on pages 112
and 157.)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
157
REFERENCES
[2] M. Agrawal, �Non-Equilibrium Statistical Quantum Field Theory,� (2005). URL http:
//www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/stat_QFT.pdf. (Cited on pages 154 and 155.)
[3] M. Agrawal, �Abstract Mathematics,� (2002). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/
tutorials/math.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[4] E. Kreyszig, �Advanced engineering mathematics,� (1988). (Cited on page 155.)
[5] C. authored, �Wikipedia,� URL http://www.wikipedia.org. (Cited on page 155.)
[6] M. Agrawal, �Axiomatic/Postulatory Quantum Mechanics,� (2002). URL http://www.
stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/Quantum_Mechanics.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[7] A. Bohm, Quantum Mechanics/Springer Study Edition (Springer, 2001). (Cited on
page 155.)
[8] J. von Neumann, Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics (Princeton Univer-
sity Press, 1996). (Cited on page 155.)
[9] D. Bohm, Quantum Theory (Dover Publications, 1989). (Cited on page 155.)
[10] M. Agrawal, �Symmetries in Physical World,� (2002). URL http://www.stanford.edu/
~mukul/tutorials/symetries.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[11] M. Agrawal, �Linearity in Quantum Mechanics,� (2003). URL http://www.stanford.
edu/~mukul/tutorials/linear.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[12] R. P. Feynman, R. B. Leighton, and M. Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, The
De�nitive Edition Volume 3 (2nd Edition) (Feynman Lectures on Physics (Hardcover))
(Addison Wesley, 2005). (Cited on page 155.)
[13] H. Goldstein, C. P. Poole, and J. L. Safko, Classical Mechanics (3rd Edition) (Addison
Wesley, 2002). (Cited on page 155.)
[14] R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics (Plenum US, 1994). (Cited on page 155.)
[15] M. Agrawal, �Quantum Field Theory (QFT) and Quantum Optics (QED),� (2004).
URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/Quantum_Optics.pdf. (Cited on
page 155.)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
158
REFERENCES
[16] H. Haken, Quantum Field Theory of Solids: An Introduction (Elsevier Science Publish-
ing Company, 1983). (Cited on pages 155 and 157.)
[17] M. E. Peskin, An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory (HarperCollins Publishers,
1995). (Cited on pages 155 and 156.)
[18] S. Weinberg, The Quantum Theory of Fields, Vol. 1: Foundations (Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 1995). (Cited on pages 155 and 156.)
[19] M. Agrawal, �Quantum Measurements,� (2004). URL http://www.stanford.edu/
~mukul/tutorials/Quantum_Measurements.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[20] Y. Yamamoto and A. Imamoglu, �Mesoscopic Quantum Optics,� Mesoscopic Quantum
Optics, published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1999. (1999). (Cited on
page 155.)
[21] M. Agrawal, �Statistical Quantum Mechanics,� (2003). URL http://www.stanford.edu/
~mukul/tutorials/stat_mech.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[22] C. Kittel and H. Kroemer, Thermal Physics (2nd Edition) (W. H. Freeman, 1980).
(Cited on page 155.)
[23] W. Greiner, L. Neise, H. Stöcker, and D. Rischke, Thermodynamics and Statistical
Mechanics (Classical Theoretical Physics) (Springer, 2001). (Cited on page 155.)
[24] A. A. Abrikosov, Methods of Quantum Field Theory in Statistical Physics (Selected
Russian Publications in the Mathematical Sciences.) (Dover Publications, 1977). (Cited
on pages 155 and 157.)
[25] M. Agrawal, �Basics of Irreversible Thermodynamics,� (2005). URL http://www.
stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/Irreversible.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[26] N. Tschoegl, Fundamentals of equilibrium and steady-state thermodynamics (Elsevier
Science Ltd, 2000). (Cited on page 155.)
[27] M. Agrawal, �Magnetic Properties of Materials, Dilute Magnetic Semiconductors, Mag-
netic Resonances (NMR and ESR) and Spintronics,� (2003). URL http://www.stanford.
edu/~mukul/tutorials/magnetic.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[28] S. Blundell, �Magnetism in condensed matter,� (2001). (Cited on page 155.)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
159
REFERENCES
[29] M. Agrawal, �Bruker ESR System,� (2005). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/
tutorials/esr.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[30] C. Slitcher, �Principles of Magnetic Resonance,� Springer Series in Solid State Sciences
1 (1978). (Cited on page 155.)
[31] M. Agrawal, �Device Physics,� (2002). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/
tutorials/device_physics.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[32] M. Agrawal, �Bipolar Devices,� (2001). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/
tutorials/bipolar.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[33] R. F. Pierret, Semiconductor Device Fundamentals (Addison Wesley, 1996). (Cited on
page 155.)
[34] R. F. Pierret, Advanced Semiconductor Fundamentals (2nd Edition) (Modular Series on
Solid State Devices, V. 6) (Prentice Hall, 2002). (Cited on page 155.)
[35] S. Sze, Physics of Semiconductor Devices (John Wiley and Sons (WIE), 1981). (Cited
on page 155.)
[36] M. Agrawal, �Electronic Band Structures in Nano-Structured Devices and Materials,�
(2003). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/valanceband.pdf. (Cited on
page 155.)
[37] N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics (Brooks Cole, 1976). (Cited on
page 155.)
[38] S. L. Chuang, Physics of Optoelectronic Devices (Wiley Series in Pure and Applied
Optics) (Wiley-Interscience, 1995). (Cited on page 155.)
[39] M. Agrawal, �Classical and Semiclassical Carrier Transport and Scattering Theory,�
(2003). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials/scattering.pdf. (Cited on
page 155.)
[40] M. Agrawal, �Mesoscopic Transport,� (2005). URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/
tutorials/mesoscopic_transport.pdf. (Cited on page 155.)
[41] M. Lundstrom, Fundamentals of carrier transport (Cambridge Univ Pr, 2000). (Cited
on page 155.)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
160
REFERENCES
[42] S. Datta, Electronic transport in mesoscopic systems (Cambridge Univ Pr, 1997). (Cited
on page 155.)
[43] D. Bromley and W. Greiner, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. Wave Equations
(Springer, 2000). (Cited on page 156.)
[44] W. Greiner and J. Reinhardt, Quantum Electrodynamics (Springer, 2002). (Cited on
page 156.)
[45] D. Bromley, W. Greiner, and J. Reinhardt, Field Quantization (Springer, 1996). (Cited
on page 156.)
[46] M. Scully and M. Zubairy, Quantum Optics (Cambridge University Press, 1997). (Cited
on page 156.)
[47] W. Vogel, D. Welsch, and S. Wallentowitz, Quantum optics: an introduction (Wiley-
VCH, Berlin, 2001). (Cited on page 156.)
[48] L. Mandel and E. Wolf, Optical Coherence and Quantum Optics (Cambridge University
Press, 1995). (Cited on pages 156 and 157.)
[49] D. Pines, Elementary Excitations in Solids : Lectures on Phonons, Electrons, and Plas-
mons (Advanced Book Classics) (Perseus Books Group, 1999). (Cited on page 157.)
[50] A. L. Fetter and J. D. Walecka, Quantum Theory of Many-Particle Systems (Dover
Publications, 2003). (Cited on page 157.)
[51] G. D. Mahan, Many Particle Physics (Physics of Solids and Liquids) (Springer, 2000).
(Cited on page 157.)
[52] S. Doniach, Green's functions for solid state physicists (Frontiers in physics, 44) (W.
A. Benjamin, 1974). (Cited on page 157.)
Mukul Agrawal
Cite as: Mukul Agrawal, "Quantum Field Theory ( QFT ) and Quantum Optics ( QED )", in Fundamental Physics in
Nano-Structured Materials and Devices (Stanford University, 2008), URL http://www.stanford.edu/~mukul/tutorials.
161